WO2002078896A1 - Methods and systems for processing a device, methods and systems for modeling same and the device - Google Patents

Methods and systems for processing a device, methods and systems for modeling same and the device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2002078896A1
WO2002078896A1 PCT/US2002/009665 US0209665W WO02078896A1 WO 2002078896 A1 WO2002078896 A1 WO 2002078896A1 US 0209665 W US0209665 W US 0209665W WO 02078896 A1 WO02078896 A1 WO 02078896A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
microstructure
pulse
substrate
predetermined
laser
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2002/009665
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jonathan S. Ehrmann
James J. Cordingley
Donald V. Smart
Donald J. Svetkoff
Joohan Lee
Shepard Dunn Johnson
Joseph J. Griffiths
David M. Filgas
Roger Dowd
Original Assignee
Gsi Lumonics Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Gsi Lumonics Corporation filed Critical Gsi Lumonics Corporation
Priority to KR1020037012708A priority Critical patent/KR100602987B1/en
Priority to JP2002577145A priority patent/JP4384412B2/en
Publication of WO2002078896A1 publication Critical patent/WO2002078896A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/77Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate
    • H01L21/78Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices
    • H01L21/82Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in, or on, a common substrate with subsequent division of the substrate into plural individual devices to produce devices, e.g. integrated circuits, each consisting of a plurality of components
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/06Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing
    • B23K26/073Shaping the laser spot
    • B23K26/0736Shaping the laser spot into an oval shape, e.g. elliptic shape
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/03Observing, e.g. monitoring, the workpiece
    • B23K26/032Observing, e.g. monitoring, the workpiece using optical means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/04Automatically aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam, e.g. using the back-scattered light
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/04Automatically aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam, e.g. using the back-scattered light
    • B23K26/042Automatically aligning the laser beam
    • B23K26/043Automatically aligning the laser beam along the beam path, i.e. alignment of laser beam axis relative to laser beam apparatus
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/06Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing
    • B23K26/0604Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by a combination of beams
    • B23K26/0613Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by a combination of beams having a common axis
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/06Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing
    • B23K26/062Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by direct control of the laser beam
    • B23K26/0622Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by direct control of the laser beam by shaping pulses
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/06Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing
    • B23K26/062Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by direct control of the laser beam
    • B23K26/0622Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by direct control of the laser beam by shaping pulses
    • B23K26/0624Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by direct control of the laser beam by shaping pulses using ultrashort pulses, i.e. pulses of 1ns or less
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/06Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing
    • B23K26/064Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by means of optical elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors or prisms
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/06Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing
    • B23K26/064Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by means of optical elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors or prisms
    • B23K26/0643Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by means of optical elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors or prisms comprising mirrors
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/06Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing
    • B23K26/064Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by means of optical elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors or prisms
    • B23K26/0648Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by means of optical elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors or prisms comprising lenses
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/06Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing
    • B23K26/064Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by means of optical elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors or prisms
    • B23K26/0652Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by means of optical elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors or prisms comprising prisms
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/06Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing
    • B23K26/0665Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing by beam condensation on the workpiece, e.g. for focusing
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/02Positioning or observing the workpiece, e.g. with respect to the point of impact; Aligning, aiming or focusing the laser beam
    • B23K26/06Shaping the laser beam, e.g. by masks or multi-focusing
    • B23K26/067Dividing the beam into multiple beams, e.g. multifocusing
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/08Devices involving relative movement between laser beam and workpiece
    • B23K26/082Scanning systems, i.e. devices involving movement of the laser beam relative to the laser head
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/08Devices involving relative movement between laser beam and workpiece
    • B23K26/10Devices involving relative movement between laser beam and workpiece using a fixed support, i.e. involving moving the laser beam
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/16Removal of by-products, e.g. particles or vapours produced during treatment of a workpiece
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/36Removing material
    • B23K26/361Removing material for deburring or mechanical trimming
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/36Removing material
    • B23K26/38Removing material by boring or cutting
    • B23K26/382Removing material by boring or cutting by boring
    • B23K26/389Removing material by boring or cutting by boring of fluid openings, e.g. nozzles, jets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/36Removing material
    • B23K26/40Removing material taking account of the properties of the material involved
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/48Manufacture or treatment of parts, e.g. containers, prior to assembly of the devices, using processes not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326
    • H01L21/4814Conductive parts
    • H01L21/4846Leads on or in insulating or insulated substrates, e.g. metallisation
    • H01L21/485Adaptation of interconnections, e.g. engineering charges, repair techniques
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/71Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
    • H01L21/768Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
    • H01L21/76838Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
    • H01L21/76886Modifying permanently or temporarily the pattern or the conductivity of conductive members, e.g. formation of alloys, reduction of contact resistances
    • H01L21/76888By rendering at least a portion of the conductor non conductive, e.g. oxidation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/70Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/71Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
    • H01L21/768Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
    • H01L21/76838Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
    • H01L21/76886Modifying permanently or temporarily the pattern or the conductivity of conductive members, e.g. formation of alloys, reduction of contact resistances
    • H01L21/76892Modifying permanently or temporarily the pattern or the conductivity of conductive members, e.g. formation of alloys, reduction of contact resistances modifying the pattern
    • H01L21/76894Modifying permanently or temporarily the pattern or the conductivity of conductive members, e.g. formation of alloys, reduction of contact resistances modifying the pattern using a laser, e.g. laser cutting, laser direct writing, laser repair
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/52Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
    • H01L23/522Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body
    • H01L23/525Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body with adaptable interconnections
    • H01L23/5256Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body with adaptable interconnections comprising fuses, i.e. connections having their state changed from conductive to non-conductive
    • H01L23/5258Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body with adaptable interconnections comprising fuses, i.e. connections having their state changed from conductive to non-conductive the change of state resulting from the use of an external beam, e.g. laser beam or ion beam
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K2101/00Articles made by soldering, welding or cutting
    • B23K2101/36Electric or electronic devices
    • B23K2101/38Conductors
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K2101/00Articles made by soldering, welding or cutting
    • B23K2101/36Electric or electronic devices
    • B23K2101/40Semiconductor devices
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K2103/00Materials to be soldered, welded or cut
    • B23K2103/08Non-ferrous metals or alloys
    • B23K2103/10Aluminium or alloys thereof
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K2103/00Materials to be soldered, welded or cut
    • B23K2103/08Non-ferrous metals or alloys
    • B23K2103/12Copper or alloys thereof
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K2103/00Materials to be soldered, welded or cut
    • B23K2103/16Composite materials, e.g. fibre reinforced
    • B23K2103/166Multilayered materials
    • B23K2103/172Multilayered materials wherein at least one of the layers is non-metallic
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K2103/00Materials to be soldered, welded or cut
    • B23K2103/50Inorganic material, e.g. metals, not provided for in B23K2103/02 – B23K2103/26
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L22/00Testing or measuring during manufacture or treatment; Reliability measurements, i.e. testing of parts without further processing to modify the parts as such; Structural arrangements therefor
    • H01L22/10Measuring as part of the manufacturing process
    • H01L22/12Measuring as part of the manufacturing process for structural parameters, e.g. thickness, line width, refractive index, temperature, warp, bond strength, defects, optical inspection, electrical measurement of structural dimensions, metallurgic measurement of diffusions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/0001Technical content checked by a classifier
    • H01L2924/0002Not covered by any one of groups H01L24/00, H01L24/00 and H01L2224/00
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/0011Working of insulating substrates or insulating layers
    • H05K3/0017Etching of the substrate by chemical or physical means
    • H05K3/0026Etching of the substrate by chemical or physical means by laser ablation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of laser processing methods and systems, and specifically, to laser processing methods and systems for processing microstructures formed on substrates. This invention is particularly applicable, but not limited to, laser repair of redundant semiconductor memory devices.
  • new materials such as aluminum, gold, and copper, coupled with the small geometry of these devices, make the problem of link removal difficult.
  • the new materials are typically metals or highly conductive composites having reflectivity that is well over 90% in the visible and near infrared wavelength regions.
  • Aluminum for example, reflects greater than 90% of the laser energy over the range from the UV through to the near infrared.
  • Gold and copper reflects even more strongly in the near infrared, the wavelengths of choice used by most of the lasers repairing memories in production.
  • Thermal laser processing of links relies on the differential thermal expansion between the oxide above the link and the link itself. This differential expansion results in a high pressure build-up of the molten link contained by the oxide. The oxide over the link is necessary to contain the link in a molten state long enough to build-up sufficient pressure to crack the oxide and explosively expel the link material. If the pressure is too low, the link will not be removed cleanly.
  • Alternative laser wavelengths and laser control strive to increase the laser "energy window" without damaging the substrate and material contiguous to the link.
  • FIGS 2a and 2b illustrate prior art laser processing of multi-layer structure wherein a target structure is located in proximity to a substrate, with a q-switched pulse 20 from a conventional solid state laser 21 irradiating and overfilling a target structure 23.
  • a laser spot size is typically significantly larger than the (target) link size which relaxes precision positioning requirements.
  • a laser wavelength is typically selected based on substrate 27 (commonly Silicon) transmission so as to allow for higher peak laser power or other system and process variations.
  • a layer 28,25 absorption coefficient is controlled (e.g. , as a transition or protective layer) and/or a wavelength selected wherein substrate damage is avoided.
  • link blowing methods and systems including material processing, system design, and device design considerations, in the following representative U.S. patents and published U.S. applications: 4,399,345; 4,532,402; 4,826,785; 4,935,801; 5,059,764; 5,208,437; 5,265, 114; 5,473,624; 6,057, 180; 6, 172,325; 6,191,486; 6,239,406; 2002- 0003130; and 2002-0005396.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide improved methods and systems for processing a device, methods and systems for modeling same and the device.
  • a method for laser processing a multi-level, multi-material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate.
  • the method includes the steps of: a) generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and including at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic comprising at least one of a temporal shape and spatial shape; b) relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location wherein the position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist; and c) irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time wherein the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide, wherein the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure and wherein an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided
  • a system for laser processing a multi-level, multi- material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate.
  • the system includes means for generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and includes at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic comprising at least one of a temporal shape and spatial shape.
  • the system also includes means for relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location. The position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist.
  • the system further includes means for irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time.
  • the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide, wherein the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure and wherein an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided.
  • a method for laser processing a multi-level, multi- material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack.
  • the stack has inner dielectric layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate.
  • the method includes generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and includes at least one laser pulse. At least reflections of the laser beam by the layers of the stack substantially reduce pulse energy density at the substrate relative to at least one other wavelength.
  • the microstructure is processed with the at least one laser pulse. Pulse energy density at the microstructure is sufficient to remove the microstructure while avoiding damage to the substrate and the inner layers of the stack.
  • a system for laser processing a multi-level, multi- material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack.
  • the stack has inner dielectric layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate.
  • the system includes means for generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength, and includes at least one laser pulse wherein at least reflections of the laser beam by the layers of the stack substantially reduce pulse energy density at the substrate relative to at least one other wavelength beyond the absorption edge.
  • the system also includes means for processing the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse wherein pulse energy density at the microstructure is sufficient to remove the microstructure while avoiding damage to the substrate and the inner layers of the stack.
  • a method for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate includes providing information regarding material of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate. The method also includes determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information. The method further includes determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse based on the optical propagation characteristics.
  • a system for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate includes means for providing information regarding material of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate.
  • the system also includes means for determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information.
  • the system further includes means for determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse based on the optical propagation characteristics.
  • a method for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate includes providing information regarding material and spacing of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate.
  • the method also includes determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information.
  • the method further includes determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse which avoids undesirable changes in electrical or physical characteristics of the substrate and the other structures based on the optical propagation characteristics.
  • a system for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate includes means for providing information regarding material and spacing of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate.
  • the system also includes means for determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information.
  • the system further includes means for determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse which avoids undesirable changes in electrical or physical characteristics of the substrate and the other structures based on the optical propagation characteristics.
  • a method for laser processing a multi-level, multi- material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate.
  • the method includes generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and includes at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic wherein: a) the predetermined wavelength is below an absorption edge of the substrate, and b) the at least one pulse has duration less than about 10 nanoseconds, and a repetition rate of 10 KHz or higher.
  • the method also includes relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location.
  • the position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist.
  • the method further includes irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time wherein the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide and the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure, and an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided.
  • a system for laser processing a multi-level, multi- material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate.
  • the system includes means for generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and includes at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic wherein: a) the predetermined wavelength is below an absorption edge of the substrate, and b) wherein the at least one pulse has duration less than about 10 nanoseconds, and a repetition rate of 10 KHz or higher.
  • the system also includes means for relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location.
  • the position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist.
  • the system further includes means for irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time wherein the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide, the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure, and an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided.
  • a multi-level, multi-material device is provided.
  • the device includes a substrate, a microstructure, and a multi-layer stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate. At least one of the inner layers has a predetermined physical parameter based on interactions of a pulsed laser beam with the stack.
  • the laser beam has a predetermined wavelength, wherein undesirable changes to the substrate and the inner layers of the stack are avoided during laser processing with the pulsed laser beam.
  • a method for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and at least one microstructure is provided.
  • the processing occurs with multiple pulses in a single pass operation controlled with a positioning subsystem of a thermal processing system.
  • the positioning subsystem induces relative motion between the device and laser beam waists.
  • the processing removes the at least one microstructure without damaging the substrate.
  • the method includes generating a first pulse having a first predetermined characteristic, and irradiating the at least one microstructure with the first pulse wherein a first beam waist associated with the first pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide.
  • the step of irradiating at least initiating processing of the at least one microstructure is provided.
  • the method also includes generating a second pulse having a second predetermined characteristic.
  • the second pulse is delayed a predetermined time relative to the first pulse.
  • the method further includes irradiating the at least one microstructure with the second pulse wherein a second beam waist associated with the second pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide.
  • the step of irradiating the at least one microstructure with the second pulse further processing the at least one microstructure wherein the processing of the at least one microstructure with the first and second pulses occurs during relative motion of the at least one microstructure and the beam waists in a single pass whereby throughput of the thermal processing system is substantially improved.
  • a system for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and at least one microstructure is provided.
  • the processing occurs with multiple pulses in a single pass operation controlled with a positioning subsystem which induces relative motion between the device and laser beam waists.
  • the processing removes the at least one microstructure without damaging the substrate.
  • the system includes means for generating a first pulse having a first predetermined characteristic, and means for irradiating the at least one microstructure with the first pulse wherein a first beam waist associated with the first pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide.
  • the first pulse at least initiating processing of the at least one microstructure.
  • the system also includes means for generating a second pulse having a second predetermined characteristic.
  • the second pulse is delayed a predetermined time relative to the first pulse.
  • the system further includes means for irradiating the at least one microstructure with the second pulse wherein a second beam waist associated with the second pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide.
  • the second pulse further processing the at least one microstructure wherein the processing of the at least one microstructure with the first and second pulses occurs during relative motion of the at least one microstructure and the beam waists in a single pass whereby throughput of the system is substantially improved.
  • a method for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and a microstructure includes generating the at least one laser pulse having at least one predetermined characteristic based on a differential thermal property of materials of the device.
  • the method also includes irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse wherein a first portion of the at least one pulse increases a difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure, and a second portion of the at least one pulse further increases the difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure to process the multi-material device without damaging the substrate.
  • a system for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and a microstructure includes means for generating the at least one laser pulse having at least one predetermined characteristic based on a differential thermal property of materials of the device.
  • the system also includes means for irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse wherein a first portion of the at least one pulse increases a difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure, and a second portion of the at least one pulse further increases the difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure to process the multi-material device without damaging the substrate.
  • a method for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed includes measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain a measurement.
  • the at least one alignment target is covered by at least one layer of a second material.
  • the step of measuring includes selectively irradiating a portion of a region to be measured with a radiation cleaning beam to remove debris from the region to compensate for reflectivity variations and reduce multiplicative noise and associated signal variations at a detector.
  • the method also includes predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a waist of the laser beam based on the measurement to obtain a predicted relative location.
  • the method further includes inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the beam waist based on the predicted relative location.
  • the method further includes generating the laser beam including at least one pulse, and irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target wherein the at least one pulse is sufficient to process the predetermined target.
  • a system for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed includes means for measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain a measurement.
  • the at least one alignment target is covered by at least one layer of a second material.
  • the means for measuring includes means for selectively irradiating a portion of a region to be measured with a radiation cleaning beam to remove debris from the region to compensate for reflectivity variations and reduce multiplicative noise and associated signal variations at a detector.
  • the system also includes means for predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a waist of the laser beam based on the measurement to obtain a predicted relative location.
  • the system further includes means for inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the beam waist based on the predicted relative location.
  • the system also includes means for generating the laser beam including at least one pulse, and means for irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target wherein the at least one pulse is sufficient to process the predetermined target.
  • a method of controlling energy delivered to the target structure includes obtaining at least one measurement at each of at least two predetermined wavelengths.
  • the method also includes determining thickness of at least one layer of the device based on the measurements.
  • the method further includes controlling energy delivered to the target structure based on the determined thickness to compensate for variations in energy required to process the target structure caused by interference effects of the at least one layer.
  • a control system for controlling energy delivered to the target structure includes means for obtaining at least one measurement at each of at least two predetermined wavelengths.
  • the control system also includes means for determining thickness of at least one layer of the device based on the measurements.
  • the control system further includes means for controlling energy delivered to the target structure based on the determined thickness to compensate for variations in energy required to process the target structure caused by interference effects of the at least one layer.
  • the method includes measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain at least one measurement.
  • the method also includes predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a laser beam based on the at least one measurement to obtain a predicted relative location.
  • the method further includes generating a laser beam including at least one pulse, and inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the laser beam based on the predicted relative location.
  • the method further includes updating the predicted relative location during relative motion based on updated position information.
  • the updated position information is obtained during the relative motion.
  • the method still further includes irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target to process the predetermined target based on the updated position information.
  • a system for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed includes means for measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain at least one measurement.
  • the system also includes means for predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a laser beam based on the at least one measurement to obtain a predicted relative location.
  • the system also includes means for generating a laser beam including at least one pulse, and means for inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the laser beam based on the predicted relative location.
  • the system further includes means for updating the predicted relative location during relative motion based on updated position information.
  • the updated position information is obtained during the relative motion.
  • the system still further includes means for irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target to process the predetermined target based on the updated position information.
  • FIGURE la is a block diagram of a laser system which generates a laser pulse in response to a trigger signal obtained from a control system, the pulse having a temporal shape including a fast rise and fall time, and a duration selected for the material processing application of the present invention
  • FIGURES lb and lc are views partially broken away illustrating a multi-layer, multi-material device wherein a laser pulse with pre-determined temporal and spatial characteristics irradiates the device;
  • FIGURE lb is a first side sectional view of a portion of the device, showing a target structure having a rectangular cross-section, wherein a high numerical aperture laser beam, having a non-unity aspect ratio, is incident on the target structure having a plurality of layers forming a stack;
  • FIGURE lc is a second side sectional view of a portion of the device, orthogonal to the first, showing a rectangular target structure, wherein a high numerical aperture laser beam, having a non-unity aspect ratio, is incident on the target structure;
  • FIGURE 2a is a block diagram of a prior art laser system which shows a conventional q-switched or Gaussian pulse
  • FIGURE 2b is a view of a conventional multi-layer structure having a single oxide layer between the link and substrate, therefore being located in proximity to a substrate, with a conventional q-switched laser pulse irradiating and substantially overfilling the narrow dimension of the target structure;
  • FIGURE 3 is a graph of reflection as a function of wavelength of a multi- layer stack having 28 layers in 14 pairs, the stack representative of a device processed with a method and system of the present invention;
  • FIGURES 4a and 4b are top views and associated graphs which illustrate the effect of irradiating the target structure with laser beam profiles of varying dimension with respect to the target structure;
  • FIGURES 4a and 4b show the result of truncating a representative non-uniform Gaussian shaped laser spatial profile, wherein the energy enclosed by the target structure is strongly affected, the energy at the target edge varies, and potential stray radiation effects result from energy not absorbed by the target structure;
  • FIGURE 4c is a side schematic view of a plurality of microstructures formed on a layer and which illustrate that for decreasing spacing (pitch) inter-reflections and stray energy result in irradiation of neighboring target structures;
  • FIGURES 5 a and 5b are graphs which show the reduction in irradiance on the device as a function of depth resulting from precise position control of a high numerical aperture beam (at the top surface), wherein the position and depth of focus of the beam provides for processing of the target structure without creating undesirable changes to other materials;
  • Figure 5a illustrates the increase in spot area with for various spherical and elliptical Gaussian irradiance distributions, for a representative multi-layer stack used in a copper memory process;
  • FIGURE 5b normalizes the defocus function relative to the energy density (fluence) at the target location
  • FIGURES 6a and 6b are schematic views of a stack of layers formed on a wafer substrate and which illustrate exemplary results obtained with a ray trace simulation used to estimate the level of radiation impinging on the internal layers and adjacent links with a specified beam numerical aperture;
  • FIGURES 7a, 7b, 8 and 9 are views of images taken from detectors and which illustrate, on a continuous scale spanning 5 decades, simulated patterns of radiation at the surface, substrate, and with the stack removed respectively;
  • FIGURE 10 is a schematic diagram of a system for measuring fiducials or other alignment targets
  • FIGURE 11 is a graph of reflectivity versus outer layer thickness
  • FIGURE 12 shows a pair of graphs of reflectivity versus thickness of the outer oxide layer for two different laser beam wavelengths
  • FIGURE 13 is a schematic diagram of a system for automatically controlling pulse energy based on a thickness measurement
  • FIGURE 14a shows schematic and graphical representations of an effect of debris on signal fidelity during alignment measurements
  • FIGURE 14b shows similar representations with improved signal fidelity after cleaning with a pulsed laser beam
  • FIGURES 15a-15c show various arrangements for combining laser pulses or generating a sequence of closely spaced pulses using optical or electronic delay methods;
  • Figure 15a illustrates use of multiple lasers with delayed triggering;
  • Figure 15b illustrates a basic arrangement with a single laser and an optical delay path;
  • Figure 15c illustrates yet another modular optical delay line providing for pointing stability and simplified alignment;
  • FIGURE 16 is a graph of temperature versus time which illustrates simulation results for metal link (top) and substrate (bottom) irradiance with a pair of delayed pulses wherein the substrate temperature decays rapidly exhibiting a differential thermal property of the materials; the two laser pulses each had a square temporal shape;
  • FIGURE 17 is a series of schematic views of a metal link which illustrate a multiple pulse sequence wherein: (1) a first pulse irradiates the metal link; (2) debris is left after removing the link; (3) a second pulse with a spatial pulse shape is used wherein the central zone is attenuated, the second pulse having a lower peak energy density than the first pulse; and (4) 25 ns after the start of the first pulse the debris is removed;
  • FIGURE 18 is a block diagram of a system which generates and controllably selects pulses
  • FIGURE 19 is a block diagram of a system of the present invention wherein a portion of a high repetition rate pulse train (e.g. , 1 ⁇ Hz) is selected and a high speed beam deflector (e.g. , electro-optic or acousto-optic device) synchronized with microstructure positions is used to process a single microstructure with multiple pulses during relative motion; and
  • a high repetition rate pulse train e.g. , 1 ⁇ Hz
  • a high speed beam deflector e.g. , electro-optic or acousto-optic device
  • FIGURE 20 is a block diagram of another system of the present invention wherein a beam deflector is used to spatially split a single pulse so as to irradiate either one or two microstructures (or none) with a pair of pulses during relative motion.
  • a new fabrication process includes a copper target structure, multiple dielectric layers in the form of a "stack," and functional circuitry disposed at the dielectric layers.
  • the target structure and layers are typically formed on a silicon substrate. This is illustrated in Figures lb and lc and corresponds to a device processed with an embodiment of the present invention. This will be referred to as a "multilevel" process.
  • aspects of the invention include methods and subsystems for operation of the laser processing system.
  • the laser beam waist diverges rapidly due to the small spot size and depth of focus.
  • the materials within the 3D beam location may include functional circuitry.
  • robust measurement of target locations is used in conjunction with database information to position a laser beam in three dimensions at high speed.
  • the interaction of a laser beam within the multilevel device influences yield. Modeling of thermal interaction is useful of understanding and predicting performance in the thermal processing regime.
  • a more detailed understanding of interaction based on physical optics is also beneficial.
  • a pulsed laser beam the beam having pre-determined characteristics for processing of microscopic structures, is used to cleanly remove at least a portion of a target structure.
  • An application of the method and system of the present invention is severing of highly reflective copper links which are part of a high speed semiconductor memory device.
  • the method and system of the present invention is particularly advantageous for processing of targets having a sub-micron dimension, including targets with a dimension below the wavelength of the laser beam.
  • the target is separated from a semiconductor substrate by a multi-layer stack, which may have several dielectric layers.
  • both the temporal and spatial characteristics of the pulse may be selected or controlled based on the thermal and optical properties of the microscopic target, underlying layer materials, and the three-dimensional layout of the device structure, including the spacing of target structures and functional inner conductor layers.
  • Figures la-lc generally show an embodiment of the present invention
  • a laser pulse 3 irradiates a rectangular target structure or microstructure 10, side views of which are shown in Figures lb and lc, with a focused beam.
  • an output from short pulse amplified laser system 1 is generated to produce the pulse 3 which has a rise time 4 fast enough to efficiently couple energy into a highly reflective target structure.
  • the duration 5 is sufficient to process the target structure wherein at least a portion of the structure is cleanly removed without leaving residue, slag, or other debris.
  • the fall time 6 is preferably fast enough to avoid creating undesirable damage to the layers or substrate.
  • the temporal pulse shape is selected, in part, based on physical properties of the target microstructure 10, for instance, thickness, optical absorption, thermal conductivity, or a combination thereof.
  • the processing will occur with a single pulse having a fast edge leading relative to a selected pulse duration of several nanoseconds.
  • the laser output may be a series of narrow q-switched or rectangular pulses, with very fast rise time, for example 800 ps pulses representative of the output of commercially available q-switch micro-lasers.
  • the pulses may be delayed with respect to each other so as to provide a burst of pulses to irradiate the target structure.
  • the laser output may be generated with a combination of a high bandwidth seed laser diode and fiber optic amplifier with Raman shifting, or with a waveguide amplifier system.
  • a desirable pulse characteristic may be provided with various modified q-switched systems or with the use of high speed electro-optic modulators.
  • Other pulse shapes may be selected for the material processing requirements. For instance, a sequence of closely spaced pulses having duration from a few picoseconds to several nanoseconds is taught in Reference 5.
  • a high bandwidth MOPA configuration is used to amplify the laser output of a high speed semiconductor diode.
  • Generation of various pulse shapes and duration with direct modulation of the diode is considered advantageous, provided any affect associated with variable amplitude drive waveforms does not affect overall performance. Further details of various aspects of pulse generation and amplification can be found in references 5 and 6 (e.g. , in 'All — Reference 5 — Figures 5 and columns 14-16).
  • embodiments of the laser system may include fiber optic amplifiers which amplify the preferred square pulse shape generated by a seed laser.
  • the seed laser may be a high speed semiconductor diode or the shaped output of a modified q-switched system.
  • the amplified output may be matched in wavelength to the input or Raman-shifted as taught in References 4 and 6 (e.g. , in Reference 6, Figures 12-13 and column 14, line 57 - column 19, line 3). Wavelength shifting of a short pulse q-switched laser output is generally taught in '759 Reference 4.
  • the seed laser is a semiconductor diode and the optical amplifier is a waveguide amplifier.
  • Advantages of an embodiment with a waveguide amplifier when compared to a fiber system include avoidance of
  • a plurality of q-switched micro-lasers can be used for generation of a fast rising pulse or other desirable shape.
  • the modules produce a q-switched waveform with pulse durations of about 1 nanosecond or less, for example 800 ps to 2 ns for commercially available units.
  • An example of a commercially available laser is the AOT-YVO-1Q available from Advanced Optical Technology (AOTLasers.com).
  • AOT offers a pulsewidth of 2 nanoseconds available at a repetition rate of 20 KHz. Frequency doubled versions are also available (532 nm).
  • the q-switched waveforms may approximate (at least to 1st order) a symmetric Gaussian shape, or a fast rising pulse with an exponential tail, depending on the stored energy.
  • a series of devices with appropriate delays introduced by a plurality of triggering signals, or delays of a trigger signal with a delay line, is used to generate a series of spaced apart pulses.
  • the optical outputs are preferably combined with appropriate bulk optics (polarization sensitive), fiber optics, or waveguides to form a single output beam.
  • the resultant addition of the q-switched waveforms produces a fast rise time characteristic and relatively short duration.
  • An optical amplifier 122 may be used to increase the output power as needed.
  • Figure 15a shows a schematic of one basic embodiment with bulk optics, where a beam combiner 123 is used to deliver the output of two lasers
  • a delay circuit 126 which may be programmable, controls triggering.
  • Polarization optics 127, 128 are used to provide the proper input to the beam combiner. In one arrangement the pulses are spaced apart and appear as a high frequency burst 124. In a second arrangement triggering of the second pulse occurs at a slightly delayed (but controlled) position which produces a characteristic approximating a square pulse shape 125. In the latter arrangement the controlled delay is about 50% of the FWHM.
  • Generation of multiple pulse waveforms may also include some form of active q-switching of two separate microlasers or detecting a first pulse from a passively q-switched laser and subsequently triggering an actively q-switched laser or MOP A relative to the first pulse.
  • Figure 15-b is a basic schematic showing the use of a single laser 140 wherein the laser output is divided by beam splitter 142, whereby a portion of the beam propagates along a path 141, followed by combining with combiner 143 , after polarization adjustment with rotator 146 which may be a half- wave plate.
  • An optional optical amplifier 145 may then be used to produce higher output power.
  • Figure 15c shows an exemplary embodiment wherein the use of opposing corner cube retroreflectors 130 makes the setup insensitive to tilt of the folding elements.
  • the angular alignment of the delayed beam paths 131, 132 is very stable even in a high vibration environment.
  • One of the corner cubes in each pair of retroreflectors 130 is initially adjusted in the X/Y translation and Z rotation to get the transverse position of the delayed beam path centered.
  • Each of the ⁇ /2 retarders 133 in the main beam path is adjusted so that vertical or horizontally polarized light will have its polarization rotated by 45 degrees.
  • the ⁇ /2 retarder 133 in the second delay loop is adjusted so that vertical or horizontal polarized light will have the polarization rotated by 90 degrees causing the delayed pulse in the second loop to circulate twice before exiting.
  • the peak-to-peak spacing of the output waveform 135 e.g. , A combined pulses
  • the ⁇ /2 retarders 133 in the main beam can be set for a polarization of other than 45 degrees.
  • the pulse shape can be varied at the time a system is setup or possibly in operation by manually or automatically controlling the spacing.
  • Another means of producing a shaped pulse is to use the modulator approach to chop the leading edge or tail of the pulse but with a two-stage or shaped modulation voltage pulse. For example: with a 10ns q-switched pulse, the modulator could have 100% transmission for the first l-5ns followed by 25% transmission for the remainder of the pulse.
  • Early pioneering work by Koechner (U.S. Patent No. 3,747,019) and Smart (U.S. Patent No. 4,483,005) demonstrate exemplary amplitude and pulse shape control methods using electro-optic modulators.
  • the multiple pulses shown in Figures 15a- 15c may or may not have the same wavelength, and the temporal shape of a pulse may be varied depending upon specific requirements.
  • an output may be a q-switched pulse of short duration and high peak power combined with a lower power square pulse shape.
  • position information obtained with a precision measurement system, is used to relatively position the focused beam waist of the pulsed laser at a location in space 7,8,9 to substantially coincide with the target 10 three-dimensional coordinates (Xlink,Ylink,Zlink).
  • a trigger pulse 2 generated at a time where the laser beam waist and target position substantially coincide, operates in conjunction with the laser and associated control circuitry in laser subsystem 1 to produce an output pulse.
  • References 2 and 7 describe details of a method and system for precision positioning, including three-dimensional beam waist positioning.
  • Reference 7 describes a preferred embodiment for producing an approximate diffraction limited spot size with a range of spot size adjustment (e.g. , Figures 7-9 of WO0187534 ('534) and the associated specification), and a preferred method and system for three-dimensional positioning of the beam waist.
  • Three-dimensional (height) information is obtained, for instance with focus detection, and used to estimate a surface and generate a trajectory (e.g. , Figures 2-5 of '534 and the associated specification).
  • the laser is pulsed at a location substantially corresponding to the three-dimensional position of the link (Xlink, Ylink, Zlink) (e.g. , Figures lOa-b of '534 and the associated specification).
  • the three-dimensional measurement and positioning are used to compensate for topographical variations over a wafer surface, or other position variations introduced in a system (mis-alignment). These variations are generally system or application dependent and may exceed several microns, which in turn exceeds the depth of focus of the focused laser beam. In some micro-machining applications the system positioning requirements may be relaxed if certain tolerances are maintained, or if external hardware manipulates the device position, as might be done with a micro-positioning sub-system.
  • the device may comprise a miniature part (e.g. , single die) which is positioned by an external micro-positioning subsystem to a predetermined reference location.
  • a miniature part has a pre-determined tolerance the positioning may be based on single measurement at a reference location or perhaps a single depth measurement combined with a lateral (X,Y) measurement.
  • a lateral (X,Y) measurement For processing of multilevel devices on wafers, (e.g. : 300 mm) at high speed it is expected that densely sampled three-dimensional information will improve performance, particularly as link dimensions shrink.
  • an alternative method is to combine information which may be predetermined (e.g. , the plane of a wafer chuck relative to a beam positioner plane of motion measured during a calibration process) with dimensional information obtained from each part to be processed.
  • a fraction of the tilt of region 28 may be associated with fixturing).
  • the steps may include (a) obtaining information identifying microstructures designated for removal, (b) measuring a first set of reference locations to obtain three-dimensional reference data, (c) generating a trajectory based on at least the three-dimensional reference data to obtain a prediction of beam waist and microstructure surface locations, (d) updating the prediction during relative motion based on updated position information, the updated position information obtained from a position sensor (e.g. , encoder) and/or from data acquired during the relative motion.
  • the additional data may be measurement data acquired at additional alignment target or at other locations suitable for an optical measurement (e.g. , dynamic focus).
  • Reference 2 describes a system wherein a precision wafer stage is used to position a wafer at high speed. A method of obtaining feedback information with resolution of a fraction of one nanometer is disclosed wherein interferometric encoders are used, and such a high precision method is preferred. In Reference 2 it was noted that other conventional laser interferometers may also be used. Figures 9-11 and columns 5-6 of Reference 2 describe aspects of the precision measurement subsystem associated with the precision positioning apparatus. Additionally, designated reference locations on the workpiece (e.g. , wafer) which may be an x,y alignment target or a region suited for a three-dimensional measurement may be used for various applications.
  • the workpiece e.g. , wafer
  • the target structure 10 is provided as a part of a multi-material, multi-layer structure (e.g. , redundant memory device).
  • the multi-layer stack having dielectric layers 14,15 provides spacing between the link and an underlying substrate 17.
  • alternating layers of Silicon Dioxide 15 and Silicon Nitride 14 may be disposed between a copper link target structure 10 and a Silicon substrate 17.
  • the copper target structure is generally located in proximity to other similar structures to form a 1-D or 2-D array of fuses which are designated for removal.
  • underlying conductors 16 disposed as part of the functional device circuitry may be in proximity to the link structure, and arranged in a series of patterns covered by relatively thin ( ⁇ .1 ⁇ m typical) Silicon Nitride 14 and thicker ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ m typical) Silicon Dioxide 15 materials.
  • the irradiance distribution at the link may substantially conform to a diffraction limited, circular Gaussian profile.
  • the beam has an approximate elliptical Gaussian irradiance profile, as might be produced with an anamorphic optical system, or with a non-circular laser output beam.
  • the incident beam has a non-uniform aspect ratio 12,11 as also illustrated in Figure 4b (e.g. , 3: 1).
  • rectangular or another chosen spatial profiles may be implemented in a lateral dimension.
  • Reference 1 discloses various advantageous methods and optical systems for "non- Gaussian" spatially shaping of laser beams for application to memory repair.
  • the preferable minimum beam waist dimension at location 11 approximates the narrow target 10 dimension of Figure lb, which, in turn, produces high pulse energy density at the link. Further, with this approach, a high fraction of the laser energy is coupled to the link and background irradiance is reduced.
  • a typical copper link used in a present memory has width and thickness of about 1 ⁇ m or less, for example, .6 ⁇ m, and length of about five microns. Future memory requirements are expected to further reduce the scale of target dimensions.
  • the minimum beam waist dimension Wyo at 11 will typically overfill the sub-micron link to some degree, whereas aspect ratio Wxo/Wyo 12, 11 with Wxo a few microns along the link, can facilitate clean link removal. Additionally, rapidly decreasing energy density on the layers 14,15 and substrate 17 is achieved through defocus of the high numerical aperture beam portion 11.
  • FIGS. 5a and 5b illustrate the estimated defocus for various aspect ratios, relative to a circular Gaussian and an elliptical beam at best focus.
  • Figure 5b shows a normalized result to scale the energy density at best focus for the different spot shapes.
  • copper link removal is initiated with application of the fast rise time pulse, having a nominal 10-90% rise time 4 in a preferred range of less than 1 nanosecond to about 2 nanoseconds.
  • a pulse duration 5 in the range of about 2 nanoseconds to 10 nanoseconds is preferable to sever the link while limiting thermal diffusion.
  • Pulse energies in the range of about 0.1 microjoules ( ⁇ j) to 3 ⁇ j were effective, with a preferred typical range of about 0.1- 5 ⁇ j considered sufficient margin for spot shape and process variations.
  • the preferred pulse duration may be selected based upon the nominal link thickness specifications, or based on a model of the dissimilar thermal and optical properties of adjacent materials.
  • a combination of the spatial characteristics (e.g. , beam waist shape and position) and the temporal (e.g. , rise time 4, flatness, and duration 5) pulse characteristics avoids undesirable cracking of lower layers 14,15, avoids significant pulse interaction with inner layer conductor 16, and limits substrate 17 heating.
  • the target structure is processed without undesirable damage to other structures.
  • copper in addition to having nearly maximum reflectance in the near IR, is also more reflective than other link materials (e.g. , aluminum, platinum). Nevertheless, due to the optical interaction of the near IR beam with the target and the optical and thermal properties of adjacent (overlying) layers, the preferred copper material can be processed.
  • near IR (Infrared) wavelengths also conveniently correspond to wavelengths where high bandwidth laser diodes are available, and to the spectral range where optical amplification of the pulsed laser beam can be efficiently produced with fiber and waveguide amplifiers.
  • amplified laser diode outputs having a desired temporal pulse shape, may also be frequency multiplied to produce visible laser outputs when advantageous.
  • the fast rise time of semiconductor diodes is particularly advantageous for producing a fast rise time, square pulse characteristic. Future developments in visible diode and optical amplifier technology may support direct pulse amplification in the visible range.
  • the link width is a fraction of one micron and the link spacing (pitch) is a few microns with present process technology.
  • the link width may typically correspond to a wavelength of visible light.
  • the thickness and indices of refraction of the stack materials can significantly affect the overall optical characteristics of the stack.
  • a preferred reduced wavelength is selected in the visible or near infrared range wherein a non-absorptive optical property of the layers (e.g. , interference or reflection loss) is exploited.
  • the device structure of Figures la and lb can be damaged with substantial absorption within the lower layers, such damage is prohibitive because of the presence of adjacent circuitry. This is in contrast to link processing with the prior art system of Figure 2b where inner layer damage is not generally detrimental to overall device performance.
  • U.S. Patent No. 6,300,690 (Reference 8) describes a system and method for vaporizing a target structure on a substrate.
  • the method includes providing a laser system configured to produce a laser output at the wavelength below an absorption edge of the substrate.
  • Reference 4 discloses benefits of a wavelength less than 1.2 um for processing links on memory devices wherein the substrate is Silicon, namely smaller spot size and shorter laser pulsewidths.
  • improved performance can be realized by exploiting the non-absorbing stack properties with wavelength selection.
  • at least one of precision positioning of a high numerical aperture beam, spatial shaping of the spot, or temporal pulse shaping also will provide for reduced energy at the substrate. The result corresponds to a relatively low value of energy expected to be deposited in the substrate, despite an incident beam energy necessary to deposit unit energy in the target structure sufficient to vaporize the target structure.
  • the factors affecting the energy deposited in the substrate are, in effect, multiplicative.
  • copper is absorbing (e.g. , about 50% at 500 nm, 70% in the near UV, compared to 2% at 1.064 urn) so less energy is required for clean removal, at least an order of magnitude.
  • the preferred identified wavelength corresponding to a relatively low value of the energy expected to be deposited in the substrate is within a visible of near IR region of the spectrum.
  • a model-based approach may be used to estimate the shortest wavelength with sufficient margin for a specified dielectric stack, spot position, tolerance, temporal and three-dimensional spatial pulse characteristics.
  • the limiting wavelength corresponding to a relatively low value of the energy expected to be deposited in the substrate may be within the green or near UV region of spectrum, but the use may require tightly controlled system parameters, including possible control of the stack layer thickness or index of refraction.
  • wavelength selection in accordance with the present invention, where the internal transmission and preferably reflection of the stack is at or near a maximum, stack layer damage is avoided. Furthermore, decreasing substrate irradiance, while simultaneously providing a reduced spot size for link removal (at or near diffraction limit), is preferred provided irradiation of functional internal layers is within acceptable limits.
  • Spectral transmission curves for typical large bandgap dielectric materials generally show that the transmission decreases somewhat at UV wavelengths.
  • the transmission range of Silicon Dioxide is specified as wavelengths greater than .15 ⁇ m. The absorption coefficient of both Silicon Nitride and Silicon Dioxide remains relatively low in the visible range ( > 400 nm) and gradually increases in the UV range.
  • Figure 3 is a graph which illustrates the estimated back reflection produced by a representative multi-layer stack of 14 Silicon Dioxide 15 and Silicon Nitride 14 pairs over a range of near IR wavelengths, where the thickness of the layers is about 1 ⁇ m and .07 microns, respectively.
  • a large number of layers can be accommodated, and may range from about 4-28 dependent upon the process (e.g. , sometimes multiple layers may separate a functional conductor layer).
  • wavelength selection is regarded as particularly advantageous at wavelengths where the substrate absorption would otherwise greatly increase, and significant margin can be obtained when the number of layers 14,15 disposed between the link and substrate substantially exceeds the number of overlying layers 13.
  • a preferred structure for processing will comprise a substantial number of layers, with large reflectance at a predetermined short wavelength, the wavelength being well matched for generation of the preferred fast square temporal pulse shape.
  • Standard laser wavelengths in the range of Figure 3 include 1.047 ⁇ m and 1.064 ⁇ m, the latter being a standard wavelength of semiconductor diodes. Further, custom wavelengths include 1.08 ⁇ m, and other wavelengths generated with Raman shifting.
  • frequency multiplication of the near IR wavelengths can be used to generate short wavelengths, and with appropriate design multiple wavelengths may be provided in a single system. For instance a preferred temporal pulse shape, with a fast rise time, may be generated in the green portion of the visible spectrum by frequency doubling a near IR laser.
  • wavelength tuning is used to match the wavelength to the approximate peak reflectance of the stack.
  • Such an arrangement may be particularly advantageous for adjustment of a laser wavelength at the edge of the reflectance range (i.e. , "cutoff" range) over a limited wavelength range, whereby sensitivity to tolerances in the material thickness and index of refraction are avoided.
  • Generation of the pulsed laser beam may include the step of shifting the wavelength of the laser beam from a first wavelength to a predetermined wavelength.
  • the predetermined wavelength may be based on material characteristics comprising at least one of: (1) coupling characteristics of the microstructure, (2) multi-layer interference, and (3) substrate reflectivity.
  • a specification for a multi-layer stack may be considered in process design.
  • a quarter-wave stack of alternating dielectrics or other suitable arrangement having a large difference in the index of refraction, and high transmission within each layer is specified at a selected wavelength. It can be shown that very high reflectance is achievable, the quarter-wave stack being easily computed in closed form and modeled.
  • the method and system of the present invention can be used effectively with other aspects of process design, and may be advantageous where the absorption of deeply buried layers and the substrate is relatively high, or where the width of a target structure is well below the laser wavelength.
  • the design of the device structure may have certain constraints related to the layout of the circuitry.
  • certain thickness and material for a certain layer may be defined, for instance an insulator in a plane of a conductor having the approximate thickness of the conductor, or related to the thickness of the conductor. It may be possible to select a material having a different index of refraction than the specified layer.
  • a specified thickness may be based on the estimated reflection at an advantageous laser wavelength which may reduce or eliminate a requirement for special laser equipment operating at "exotic" wavelengths where the lasers are difficult to manufacture with high yield.
  • the reflection may be estimated using a model wherein the thickness is a variable, and an estimate made to maximize the reflection, subject to other device constraints.
  • Thickness of the layers can be tuned to a wavelength in as much as the wavelength (or angle) can be tuned to the layers.
  • Index of refraction could be used to fine-tune over a limited range, but the range may not be significant for small changes in index.
  • a variable thickness tuning layer or layers with predetermined thickness could be used to significantly affect reflectivity of the whole stack.
  • a layer not constrained by metallization requirements could be used as a precision spacer between an upper and a lower stack portion. This could be a very powerful tool for tuning the process with adjustment of perhaps only one layer.
  • Reference 3 describes an advantageous method and system for polarization control, including dynamic polarization selection and computer control so as to align the polarization with a link orientation (e.g. , details shown in Figure 4 and the associated description in the reference).
  • the polarization can be selected on the basis of the target coupling characteristics, the film reflectance, or a combination thereof.
  • FIG. 4a-4c illustrate effects of reflection and diffraction associated with sub-micron width link 10 resulting in truncated 43,44 Gaussian beams 11, where the spot size (as measured at the 13.5% point) is wider than the link by varying degrees.
  • the sketches are representative of a diffraction limited beam waist at a near IR wavelengths.
  • the central lobe is clipped by the link, which appears as a near field obscuration, resulting in transmitted beam portions which are truncated 43,44.
  • Energy which is not incident on the link may propagate at wide angles into the layers 49 which may be advantageous from the standpoint of avoiding damage to the substrate 17 as shown in Figure 1.
  • there will be some correlation of neighbor irradiance with spot size Large spots with a relatively large depth of focus have reduced divergence and neighbor irradiance can be small, provided that the link spacing is large enough that the non-absorbed energy 43 of the incident beam impinging on an adjacent structure is weak, for instance corresponding to level 44.
  • the reflected beam diameter at the link location 46 is increased. There will be a maximum value for some spot size 41 ,42.
  • irradiance at a neighboring link 48 decreases as the reflected energy grows larger in area.
  • the stack layer thickness can also effect the irradiance of adjacent structures, including the internal structures 16 of Figure 1.
  • polarization variations with angle are expected to produce variations.
  • Figures 6a and 6b illustrate by way of example geometric ray tracing effects of internal reflections propagating over an extended area.
  • the energy which is not coupled into the link structure may also be scattered and/or specularly reflected to the adjacent links 48.
  • the inter-reflection 47 occurs as a consequence of at least the link 46 physical edge profiles which may be slightly curved or sloped.
  • An additional consideration is the three-dimensional spacing between an inner conductor layer 16 of Figure 1, the beam waist 11, and the adjacent links 48 of Figure 4c.
  • a large numerical aperture beam waist 11, producing the smallest spot size at the link, while diverging and reflecting in a manner so as to avoid significant interaction with the inner layer 16 is preferred.
  • the interaction mechanisms associated with a portion of the three-dimensional device structure be modeled for selection of at least a spatial pulse characteristic, such a characteristic may be the N.A. and position of the beam waist.
  • the model will include an estimate of the irradiance seen by each adjacent link structures 48, internal layer 16, and substrate 17. Whereas damage to adjacent link structures may be relatively apparent with conventional microscopy, assessment of inner layer 16 and substrate 17 damage may be considerably more difficult with the 3-D device structure.
  • a precision positioning method and system is used to relatively position the beam waist so as to provide high laser energy concentration at the link. Also, one important consideration for precision positioning is predicting accurate (Xlink,Ylink) location information. The prediction is subsequently used by a motion control and positioning system to generate a laser output via trigger 2 at the target coordinates, during relative motion of the target 10 and laser beam.
  • a preferred embodiment includes a polarization insensitive scanning and detection system as described hereinbelow, wherein a region containing an alignment target location is imaged to obtain reference data.
  • the target location is often covered by a dielectric layer of Silicon Dioxide, Silicon Nitride, or other insulating material.
  • polarization insensitive detection is advantageous to avoid spurious measurements.
  • the results led to a hypothesis that that birefringence is introduced in the insulating layers by polishing or other process operations, which is manifested by polarization variations in the reflected beam. These variations reduce the signal-to-noise ratio and appear to induce position distortion.
  • the digital output data from each target location is used by an 8-parameter least squares alignment algorithm to estimate and correct position information affected by offset, angle, scale, orthogonality, and trapezoidal variations over the wafer containing the links to be processed.
  • a model-based approach leads to selection and precision control of the spatial and temporal characteristics of the laser output, resulting in controlled three-dimensional interaction of the laser with complex multi-layer, multi-material structures.
  • FIG. 10 A block diagram of the subsystem is shown in Figure 10.
  • the reflectance/transmission (R/T) split of the beamsplitter 150 depends on the laser that is being used. In cases where the laser has low total energy and as much transmission as needed is necessary, the split of 90% transmission and 10% reflectance is made. This gives 90% going to the work surface on the way in and the 10% reflected is dumped. But this only picks off 10% of the reflected light, 90% of the reflected light is transmitted back down the laser path. When possible, the split 70/30 is made. This gives less total energy to the work surface but gives higher reflected signal.
  • R/T reflectance/transmission
  • the method and system of the present invention are advantageous when there are oxide layers over the targets to be scanned and measured.
  • the oxide layer may affect the polarization of the beam. This may happen because the oxide layer is stressed and creates birefringence. With the polarization insensitive arrangement this is not a problem, no matter how the polarization is changed one gets the same reflectance from the beamsplitter and the same signal level. If a more typical polarizing beamsplitter or simpler coating is used for the beamsplitter, the changed polarization will result in a change in the reflected signal. If the stress in the oxide layer varies, especially where it is over the target microstructure (it may be stressed because it is going over a target edge) then the polarization may vary as the beam scans the target.
  • the coating In the polarizing beamsplitter case the reflected signal 151 measured at the detector would vary because the polarization is varying at the same time that one is trying to gather edge data, skewing the results uncontrollably and unpredictably.
  • This polarization insensitive technique is regarded as the most robust method and is preferred for measuring targets covered by at least one oxide layer.
  • other imaging and edge location methods may be used, but may require more complex measurement algorithms to accurately measure the targets in the presence of multiplicative image noise.
  • a typical alignment target 100 is depicted in the schematic drawings of Figures 14a and 14b.
  • the target 100 is typically covered with one or more passivation layers, these may correspond to the layer 13 in Figures lb and lc, but are not so restricted.
  • the preferred polarization insensitive measurement method was used to obtain X,Y target locations.
  • debris 1001 within the target area 100 possibly from residual solder flux from nearby solder deposits (solder balls), significantly affected the reflected signals obtained with a detector resulting in noisy profiles 101.
  • the impact on the measurement was manifested as a large residual in the least squares fit algorithm used to estimate location.
  • the target area is shown as a positive contrast (e.g.
  • a single linear scan or a plurality of linear scans 104 across the target 100 are used to obtain reflected intensity data which is analyzed statistically to measure fidelity, for instance by determining the % intensity variation or standard deviation.
  • data is taken along the line(s) 104 at about every .001".
  • the sample space may be finer or coarser depending upon the signal fidelity obtained. If the spacing is too fine, additional "texture noise" may be introduced. If too coarse, an edge contrast 107 will be reduced or errors introduced by undersampling. If the variation is excessive, a cleaning operation is initiated with a pulsed beam.
  • the laser power is controlled with an acousto-optic modulator (i.e.
  • the linear scan(s) may be done automatically and the cleaning operation performed at each measurement location.
  • the cleaning operation will be applied only to scanned regions as needed.
  • the process is iterative with a measurement goal of obtaining suitable residuals in the least squares fit algorithm. If the residuals are above a designated value, scans of at least one region are obtained and cleaning occurs. In some cases, it may be desirable to adjust the positions of the scan lines (e.g. , if cleaning is difficult).
  • a fidelity measurement e.g. , contrast, standard deviation
  • An additional option to further improve the process energy window is measurement and control concept to adjust the laser energy and power as required by the material to be processed. If the reflectivity is high, then the energy is to be increased to compensate for these reflection losses. If the reflection is low, then the energy and power is to be decreased since more energy is being coupled into the workpiece or target microstructure. There are a number of ways that one can adjust this power and energy. The simplest is to measure the reflectance from the surface and adjust the energy and power control for optimum energy coupling.
  • the thickness of a layer may vary by 10% and there may be several layers of oxide between the top layer and the metal layer to be processed.
  • the energy required to process the link could be calculated and adjusted accordingly.
  • Another method is to measure the reflectance at two different wavelengths and calculate the thickness of the oxide. If the index of refraction of the oxide used for the device could be measured, then the reflectance and hence the fraction of the laser radiation absorbed over the link can be calculated. Knowing this abso ⁇ tion, the optimum laser energy to remove the link can be programmed into the laser system. This second method is more accurate for thin film trimming where the material to be trimmed is thin and some of the energy is transmitted through the film.
  • the implementation of the thickness measurement and energy control is as shown in Figure 13.
  • the laser 160 used to remove the link provides one of the laser wavelengths for the thickness measurement.
  • the energy delivered to the part is controlled by an acousto-optical modulator (i.e. , "energy control") 161 as shown in Figure 13 and is reduced to a level to measure the reflectance without damaging the part.
  • the other wavelength to measure the reflectivity can be provided by a red laser diode (i.e. , 670 nm diode) 162 added into the optical path as shown.
  • Beamsplitters 166,161 e.g.
  • dichroic mirrors are generally used to transmit the two wavelengths to the device surface and to direct the reflected beams to the photodiode detectors 164, 165.
  • the reflectance can be monitored by the two photodiodes 164, 165 as shown in Figure 13. From the reflectance intensity of the two photodiodes (i.e. , the 670 nm diode and 1047 nm detectors) and knowing the index of refraction of the oxide layers, the thickness of the oxide is uniquely determined. Once the thickness and the index of refraction is known, then the abso ⁇ tion in the link material can be calculated and the optimum energy programmed into the acousto-optic energy control device by the computer.
  • the size of the spot and the link dimensions can be used in the calculation.
  • the link dimensions can be used in the calculation. Referring to Figures 4a and 4b, one sees that there is some energy that will fall off the link and therefore the difference in the reflected light that does not fall on the link has to be calculated.
  • two measurements have to be made to accommodate for the reflected energy that is not covered by the link. These measurements can be made on each die if required and the energy per pulse can be varied as the thickness of the oxide varies across the wafer.
  • the method could be selectively applied on a wafer-by-wafer basis for process monitoring, for instance. This technique will reduce the requirement to use a laser processing energy that is on the high side to account for the variations in abso ⁇ tion in the link due to interference effects.
  • the process energy window may be improved in certain cases by adjusting the wavelength over a range wherein the coupling of energy to the target is improved, the stack reflectance is increased by way of the interference effect, or where the substrate reflectivity increases.
  • Special solid state tunable lasers - Optical Parametric Oscillators (OPO), Raman, or other tunable lasers may be used provided that power and repetition rate requirements are met for a given application.
  • parametric oscillators may be used which are of fixed wavelengths, that use 2 or 3 crystals at the same time. Under certain circumstances, tunable lasers are operable.
  • Published U.S. patent application 2001-0036206 describes a tunable laser diode having a 40 nm range developed for the telecommunications industry (i.e.
  • Standard OPO lasers provide for high power and narrow pulses but generally a very slow rep rate, but may be suitable for certain applications.
  • 10 KHz versions have been demonstrated and proposed for 20 KHz repetition rates.
  • U.S. Patent Nos. 6,334,011 and 5,998,759 (Reference 4), and U.S. Patent No. 6,340,806 (Reference 6) disclose various combinations of shifters.
  • Fosterite lasers have a tunable region that essentially straddles the abso ⁇ tion edge region of silicon, and can permit operation both beyond and below the abso ⁇ tion edge of silicon. At the present state of the art, they do not appear to be as efficient as they may become in time.
  • the multilayer thickness and reflectivity measurements may be extended to select a wavelength range which will provide for an improved energy window.
  • double blast In certain cases processing with multiple pulses (“double blast”) has been used to process metal fuses.
  • double blast there is generally a throughput problem for the double blast approach because two passes are required in present on-line memory processing systems. Simulated results and experiments indicate a second blast may open the link completely even if 1st blast failed, despite extended time between first and second blasts. In specific cases improved yield was reported.
  • double blast with 50% energy of a single blast energy was very interesting; it was observed that the Si substrate acts as a heat sink and cools down very fast. As shown in Figure 16, the results indicated only 10 to 20 ns are needed for the Si substrate 201 to stabilize to room temperature. The copper target 202 recovery was much slower indicating a significant differential thermal property.
  • the second pulse will also clear debris at cut site resulting in an "open circuit". It is estimated that about 60-70% of the energy used in a "single blast” is needed for each pulse of "double blast.”
  • the pulse energy may be varied with each pulse. In this example, the pulse delay was 50 ns, but it is clear that a much shorter delay may be possible.
  • a delay line arrangement of Figure 15a may be used to avoid any delay in throughput.
  • a preferred positioning system of the '118 patent i.e. , Reference 2
  • an optical delay line Figures 15b and 15c, for instance
  • 9 meters of extended path in air for the beam will delay 30 ns for the second pulse.
  • a second laser could be used with a 30 ns or other controllable delay between the trigger pulses, and the trigger delay may be generated with a programmable digital delay line.
  • the temporal pulse shape may be a fast rising, square pulse (as was used in the simulation) generated with a seed laser diode, for instance.
  • At least one pulse may have a duration of greater than a few picoseconds to several nanoseconds.
  • the pulses may be amplified mode locked pulses.
  • At least one pulse may generated with a q-switched microlaser having a pulsewidth less than 5 nanoseconds.
  • At least one pulse may propagate along a second optical path whereby the pulse delay is determined by a difference in optical path length as shown in Figures 15b, c.
  • Multiple laser and/or amplifiers may be used as shown in Figure 15a.
  • the generated pulses 275 may have a repetition rate and a corresponding temporal spacing approximately equal to or shorter than a pre-determined delay (e.g. , 60 MHz mode locked system) and a modulator is used to select the at least second pulse irradiating the microstructure or groups of pulses 276.
  • a pre-determined delay e.g. 60 MHz mode locked system
  • U.S. Patent 5,998,759 e.g. , Reference 4, col. 7, and the associated drawings
  • Additional optics may be used to spatially shape at least one of the delayed pulses, prior to combining for instance.
  • a first pulse 210 may be an elliptical or circular Gaussian spatial shape, or a top hat along the length of the link.
  • the second pulse 212 may have a different aspect ratio, or may be a special form of a "cleaning pulse" wherein the central zone of the spot is attenuated with an apodizing filter or effectively removed with a central obscuration. In such a case, the energy will be concentrated at the link periphery to remove debris 211 around the link location resulting from processing with the first pulse, thereby completing the processing 213.
  • Reference 1 provides at least one example of beam shaping for link blowing applications, wherein a uniform distribution rather than Gaussian spot profile is disclosed.
  • the relative motion between the microstructure and the laser beam may be significant between the pulses, e.g. , greater than 25 % of the spot size. This may be the result of a slower repetition rate (with increased pulse energy), faster motion speed, a longer pre-determined delay, or decreased target area.
  • a slower repetition rate with increased pulse energy
  • faster motion speed e.g., faster motion speed
  • a longer pre-determined delay e.g., longer pre-determined delay
  • a slower repetition rate with increased pulse energy
  • an ultrashort or other short pulse laser system with amplified pulses with output energy in the range of several microjoules-millijoules may have a 100 KHz - 10 MHz repetition rate whereas a system with 10-40 nanojoule output may have 50 MHz repetition rate.
  • a high speed, small angle beam deflector may be used to compensate for the motion and deflect a delayed pulse to substantially irradiate the first microstructure at the slower repetition rate during relative motion 258.
  • the deflector would be operatively coupled to the relative positioning system controller 251 in a closed loop arrangement.
  • the deflector is preferably solid state and may be a single axis acousto-optic device which has a very fast "retrace "/access time.
  • a higher speed electro-optic deflector e.g. , a gradient index reflector or possibly a digital light deflector
  • the time-bandwidth product (number of spots) can be traded for response time on an application basis.
  • the deflector would preferably be used for intensity control and pulse gating/selection, as taught in Reference 4 (col. 7, and associated drawings).
  • an electro-optic modulator may be used with a separate acousto-optic deflector operated in a "chi ⁇ mode" 252 (e.g. , linear sweep as opposed to random access mode) and synchronized (triggered) 253 based on the positioning system coordinates 254.
  • the positioning system coordinates are, in turn, related to the time at which the laser pulses are gated by the modulator to irradiate the same single microstructure 256 at times t t 2 , t 3 corresponding to the selected pulses 259 during relative motion 258.
  • a single laser pulse is used to blast up to two links at one time (e.g. , no, one or two links).
  • two focused spots 306,307 are formed on two links by spatially splitting the single collimated laser beam 310 into two diverging collimated beams 309.
  • the use of acousto-optic devices for spatially splitting beams in material processing applications is known in the art.
  • patent abstract JP 53152662 shows one arrangement for drilling microscopic holes using a multi-frequency deflector having selectable frequencies f, . ..f n .
  • a laser 300 is pulsed at a predetermined repetition rate.
  • the laser beam goes through relay optics 302 that forms an intermediate image of the laser beam waist into the acoustic optic modulator (AOM) aperture.
  • the AOM 303 which operates in the Bragg regime, preferably is used to controllably generate the two slightly diverging collimated first order diffraction laser beams and control the energy in each beam.
  • the angle between the two beams is approximately equal to the Bragg angle for f 0 multiplied by 2( ⁇ f/f 0 ).
  • the AOM controls the energy in each of the laser beams by modulating the signal amplitudes of two frequency components, ⁇ and f 2 , in the RF signal and making adjustments for beam cross-coupling.
  • the beams After exiting the AOM, the beams go through the beam rotation control module 313 to rotate the beam 90 degrees on axis with links orientated in either the X or Y.
  • a prism is used for this rotation, though many rotation techniques are well known as described in the regular U.S. application noted in the Cross-Reference to Related Applications section.
  • the beam goes through a set of optics to position the beam waist and set the beam size to be appropriate for the zoom optics and the objective lens 305.
  • the zoom optics also modify the angle between the two beams, therefore the angle between the two beams exiting the AOM has to be adjusted depending on the zoom setting to result in the desired spot separation at the focal plane.
  • the laser beams enter the objective lens 305 which provides a pair of focused spots 306, 307 on two links. The two spots are separated by a distance that is approximately equal to the focal length of the lens times the angle between the two beams.
  • a 80 MHz AOM center frequency with a sweep range of about 2.3 MHz (77.7 - 82.3 MHz) may be used to produce a spot size of about 1.8 ⁇ m on a pair of adjacent links spaced apart by about 3 ⁇ m.
  • these links may have a dimension on the order of a laser wavelength (e.g. , 1 micron) which, at very high speed operation, require the precision positions of the laser beam and microstructure.
  • one aspect of the invention is a method of selective material processing of a microscopic target structure with a pulsed laser beam.
  • the target structure is separated from a substrate by a plurality of layers which form a multi-layer stack.
  • the target structure, layers, and substrate have dissimilar thermal and optical properties.
  • the method includes generating a pulsed laser beam with an energy density; irradiating the target structure with at least one pulse. Undesirable changes to the stack structure and substrate are avoided by selection of at least one pulse characteristic.
  • a portion of the stack may be irradiated with the laser beam during the processing of the target structure, yet undesirable damage to the layers, substrate, and functional circuitry in a plane of the inner layers is avoided.
  • Undesirable damage of the stack structure includes cracking, induced by thermal stress, of inner dielectrics.
  • Undesirable damage to inner layer conductors of the stack includes thermal damage caused by irradiation.
  • Undesirable damage to the substrate may arise from laser irradiation and resulting thermal diffusion.
  • the dielectric layers may include Silicon Nitride or Silicon Dioxide.
  • the substrate may be Silicon.
  • the target structure is preferably copper, and may have thickness or width below one micron, with a dimension at or below wavelengths of visible light.
  • the target structure may be a metal link, for instance aluminum, titanium, platinum, or gold.
  • An aspect of the invention is selection or control of the spatial and temporal beam characteristics of the pulse, which allows the target structure to be cleanly processed while avoiding undesirable damage to the layers, substrate, and functional circuitry in a plane of the inner layers.
  • a temporal characteristic of the pulse is the pulse shape.
  • the pulse shape includes a rise time fast enough to efficiently couple laser energy into the target, a duration sufficient to cleanly remove a portion of the target structure, and a fall time fast enough to avoid undesirable damage caused by subsequent optical transmission.
  • a preferred pulse rise time for link processing is less than 1 nanosecond (ns) to about 2 ns.
  • a preferred duration is less than 10 ns.
  • a fall time of less than 3 ns is preferred.
  • the pulse shape may be substantially square, with ringing or variation between the rising and falling edges of about +-10% .
  • a single pulse or multiple pulses in the form of a rapid burst may be used.
  • a series of q-switched pulses spaced apart in time, with varying output power if desired may be combined to form a pulse shape having a fast leading edge with high peak power, followed by a second pulse with lower power.
  • the q-switched pulses may have approximately the same output power and combined to produce a substantially square pulse shape.
  • Another temporal pulse characteristic is the pulse power at the leading edge. If the irradiance on the target structure is greater than about 10 9 W/cm 2 , the reflectivity of the target structure is reduced and coupling of the laser energy is improved.
  • a fast rising pulse characteristic avoids undesirable damage of a dielectric stack of a memory device having a metal target structure. Cracking of the upper corner occurs during the pulse duration which lowers the stress on the lower corner adjacent to underlying layers of the stack.
  • a spatial characteristic of the beam is the irradiance profile at a controlled beam waist position.
  • the irradiance profile may approximate a circular Gaussian beam, an elliptical Gaussian beam, a rectangular profile in one direction and Gaussian in the orthogonal direction.
  • the beam may be nearly diffraction limited.
  • a spatial shape and beam numerical aperture may be selected to control the interaction of the pulsed laser beam with the target and underlying structures of the 3D device structure to avoid undesirable damage.
  • the material interaction may further be controlled by precision positioning of the beam waist of the pulsed laser beam.
  • the numerical aperture and beam shape may be selected so the spot size and link size are substantially matched in at least one dimension.
  • One aspect of the invention is a method of selection of a pulse characteristic based on a model of pulse interaction within a portion of the three-dimensional device structure.
  • the three-dimensional device includes a target structure, stack, and substrate with a dissimilar optical property.
  • a series of structures are disposed at a predetermined spacing to form an array, with at least one structure not designated as a target structure.
  • a specification may further include information regarding the material and spacing of functional circuit elements in a plane of the stack.
  • the method includes determining the optical propagation characteristics of a portion of an incident pulsed laser beam which is not absorbed by the target structure.
  • the method further includes specifying a laser pulse characteristic to avoid undesirable damage to any non-target structures, stack, and substrate.
  • the interactions mechanisms which result in selection of a pulse characteristic include reflection from the target surface, layer surface and internal reflections, polarization, interference effects, near field diffraction, scattering and abso ⁇ tion or a combination thereof.
  • a thermal model may be used in conjunction with an optical model.
  • the energy in a pulse used for processing a copper link target structure of a semiconductor memory device may be in the range of about .1-5 microjoules.
  • the energy density corresponds to an area of the irradiance profile of the beam waist.
  • the area may be in the range of less than 20 square microns, and preferably less than 10 square microns.
  • Another controllable laser pulse characteristic is polarization.
  • the polarization may be controlled or selected based on the relative reflectance of the layers and optical coupling of laser energy into the target structure at a wavelength.
  • a wavelength of the laser pulse may be selected based on the reflectance of the multi-layer stack (interference effect).
  • the preferred wavelength corresponds to a spectral region where the stack reflection is substantial, for example 60% , and where the internal transmission of within a layer of the stack is high, approaching a maximum. Short wavelengths are preferred for maximum control of the spatial characteristics of the beam (for example, the smallest achievable beam waist with an option for controllably selecting a larger beam waist and depth of focus).
  • the laser wavelength may be fixed, or may be varied with wavelength shifting or harmonic generation.
  • a measurement of the thickness or reflectance may be used to select or adjust the wavelength.
  • the target structure may be substantially reflective at the laser wavelength.
  • the laser wavelength may be below the abso ⁇ tion edge of the substrate and correspond to an absorbing or reflecting region.
  • the laser wavelength is above the abso ⁇ tion edge of the dielectrics layers of the stack, and corresponds to a substantially maximum transmitting region.
  • a selected wavelength corresponds to the near UV, visible and near IR spectrum, from below .4 ⁇ m to about 1.55 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit may be determined by the abso ⁇ tion of a layer. With silicon substrates, both abso ⁇ tion and reflection increase at shorter wavelengths. For Silicon Dioxide and Silicon Nitride, the internal transmission and single surface reflectance are substantially constant throughout the visible and near IR ranges.
  • the upper limit corresponds to a range of preferred laser wavelengths of laser diodes, optical amplifiers. An amplifier output may be either wavelength preserved or Raman shifted.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of selective material processing of a microscopic target structure of a multi-material, multi-layer device with a pulsed laser beam.
  • the target structure, layers, and substrate have a dissimilar thermal and optical property.
  • the beam has a focused beam waist with a centerline.
  • An alignment pattern is included at one of a plurality of predetermined measurement locations associated with the device.
  • the alignment pattern is covered by at least one layer.
  • the target structure is separated from a substrate by a plurality of layers which form a multi-layer stack.
  • the method includes measuring the position of the alignment target in at least one dimension; predicting the relative location of the target structure and centerline based on the measurement; inducing relative motion between the target structure and the centerline based on the measurement; generating a pulsed laser beam with an energy density; irradiating the target structure with at least one pulse. Undesirable changes to the stack structure and substrate are avoided with by selection of a pulse characteristic.
  • the measurement of a position may include a method and system for polarization insensitive detection to avoid spurious measurements resulting from reflected signal variations.
  • the signal variations may result from process induced optical characteristics, including birefringence.
  • the relative location of the target structure, beam waist, and centerline may be predicted based on multi-parameter least squares fit.
  • a cleaning process may be used to enhance data used for measurement by removing contaminants which produce multiplicative variations (reflection noise).
  • Three-dimensional (depth) measurements may be done using the alignment target, wafer, or other suitable material.
  • the measurement may be used to predict the relative location of the target structure relative to the beam waist, the beam waist being located along the centerline of the pulsed laser beam.
  • a surface may be estimated from the three-dimensional measurements.
  • a numerical offset may be introduced to compensate for a depth difference between a measurement location and the target structure, based on the thickness of the stack.
  • An aspect of the invention includes measurement of the layer thickness or reflectivity at a location, and use of the measurement to control a pulse characteristic.
  • the pulse characteristic may be the pulse energy, pulse width, or wavelength.
  • the location may be a single location on the device or a plurality of locations. While the best modes for carrying out the invention have been described in detail, those familiar with the art to which this invention relates will recognize various alternative designs and embodiments for practicing the invention as defined by the following claims.

Abstract

A method and system for locally processing a predetermined microstructure (10) formed on a substrate without causing undesirable changes in electrical or physical characteristics of the substrate (13) or other structures formed on the substrate. The method includes providing information based on a model of laser pulse (13) interactions with the predetermined microstructure (10), the substrate (13) and other structures. At least one characteristic of at least one pulse (13) is determined based on the information. A pulsed laser beam (3) is generated including the at least one pulse (3). The method further includes irradiating the at least one pulse (3) having the at least one determined characteristic into a spot on the predetermined microstructure (10). The at least one determined characteristic and other characteristics of the at least one pulse (3) are sufficient to locally process the predetermined microstructure (10) without causing the undesirable changes.

Description

METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PROCESSING A DEVICE, METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MODELING SAME AND THE DEVICE
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
1. Field of the Invention
The present invention relates to the field of laser processing methods and systems, and specifically, to laser processing methods and systems for processing microstructures formed on substrates. This invention is particularly applicable, but not limited to, laser repair of redundant semiconductor memory devices.
2. Background Art
In the repair of memory integrated circuits such as DRAMs and laser programming of high-density logic devices, the use of new materials, such as aluminum, gold, and copper, coupled with the small geometry of these devices, make the problem of link removal difficult. The new materials are typically metals or highly conductive composites having reflectivity that is well over 90% in the visible and near infrared wavelength regions. Aluminum, for example, reflects greater than 90% of the laser energy over the range from the UV through to the near infrared. Gold and copper reflects even more strongly in the near infrared, the wavelengths of choice used by most of the lasers repairing memories in production.
Further, economics and device performance have driven the size for the DRAMs and logic devices to very small physical dimensions. Not only are the devices small, but the interconnects and links thickness have also decreased dramatically in recent years.
Thermal laser processing of links relies on the differential thermal expansion between the oxide above the link and the link itself. This differential expansion results in a high pressure build-up of the molten link contained by the oxide. The oxide over the link is necessary to contain the link in a molten state long enough to build-up sufficient pressure to crack the oxide and explosively expel the link material. If the pressure is too low, the link will not be removed cleanly. Alternative laser wavelengths and laser control strive to increase the laser "energy window" without damaging the substrate and material contiguous to the link.
Descriptions of an all-copper, dual-Damascene process technology can be found in "Benefits of Copper - Copper Technology is Here Today in
Working Devices," NOVELLUS DAMASEUS, December 20, 2001; and "Preventing
Cross-Contamination Caused By Copper Diffusion and Other Sources," P. Cacouvis, MICRO, July 1999.
Figures 2a and 2b illustrate prior art laser processing of multi-layer structure wherein a target structure is located in proximity to a substrate, with a q-switched pulse 20 from a conventional solid state laser 21 irradiating and overfilling a target structure 23. A laser spot size is typically significantly larger than the (target) link size which relaxes precision positioning requirements. A laser wavelength is typically selected based on substrate 27 (commonly Silicon) transmission so as to allow for higher peak laser power or other system and process variations. In certain cases, a layer 28,25 absorption coefficient is controlled (e.g. , as a transition or protective layer) and/or a wavelength selected wherein substrate damage is avoided.
Further information is available regarding link blowing methods and systems, including material processing, system design, and device design considerations, in the following representative U.S. patents and published U.S. applications: 4,399,345; 4,532,402; 4,826,785; 4,935,801; 5,059,764; 5,208,437; 5,265, 114; 5,473,624; 6,057, 180; 6, 172,325; 6,191,486; 6,239,406; 2002- 0003130; and 2002-0005396.
Other representative publications providing background on link processing of memory circuits or similar laser processing applications include: "Laser Adjustment of Linear Monolithic Circuits," Litwin and Smart, ICAELO, (1983); "Computer Simulation of Target Link Explosion In Laser Programmable Memory," Scarfone, Chlipala (1986); "Precision Laser Micromachining," Boogard, SPIE Vol. 611 (1986); "Laser Processing for Application Specific Integrated Circuits (asics)," SPIE Vol. 774, Smart (1987); "Xenon Laser Repairs Liquid Crystal Displays," Waters, Laser and Optronics, (1988); "Laser Beam Processing and Wafer Scale Integration," Cohen (1988); "Optimization of Memory Redundancy Link Processing," Sun, Harris, Swenson, Hutchens, Vol. SPIE 2636, (1995); "Analysis of Laser Metal Cut Energy Process Window," Bernstein, Lee, Yang, Dahmas, IEEE Trans. On Semicond. Manufact., Vol 13, No. 2. (2000).
Also, the following co-pending U.S. applications and issued patents are assigned to the assignee of the present invention and are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety:
1. U.S. Patent No. 5,300,756, entitled "Method and System for Severing Integrated-Circuit Connection Paths by a Phase Plate Adjusted Laser beam" ;
2. U.S. Patent No. 6,144,118, entitled "High Speed Precision Positioning Apparatus";
3. U.S. Patent No. 6,181,728, entitled "Controlling Laser Polarization" ; 4. U.S. Patent No. 5,998,759, entitled "Laser Processing";
5. U.S. Patent No. 6,281,471, entitled "Energy Efficient, Laser-Based Method and System for Processing Target Material" ;
6. U.S. Patent No. 6,340,806, entitled "Energy-Efficient Method and System for Processing Target Material Using an Amplified, Wavelength-Shifted Pulse Train" ;
7. U.S. Serial No. 09/572,925, entitled "Method and System For Precisely Positioning A Waist of A Material-Processing Laser Beam To Process Microstructures Within A Laser-Processing Site", filed 16 May 2000, and published as WO 0187534 A2, December, 2001; 8. U.S. Patent No. 6,300,590, entitled "Laser Processing"; and 9. U.S. Patent No. 6,339,604, entitled "Pulse Control in Laser Systems."
However, it is to be understood that this listing is not an admission that any of the above references are prior art under the Patent Statute.
The subject matter of the above referenced applications and patents is related to the present invention. References to the above patents and applications are cited by reference number in the following sections.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
An object of the present invention is to provide improved methods and systems for processing a device, methods and systems for modeling same and the device.
In carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a method is provided for laser processing a multi-level, multi-material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate. The method includes the steps of: a) generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and including at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic comprising at least one of a temporal shape and spatial shape; b) relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location wherein the position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist; and c) irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time wherein the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide, wherein the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure and wherein an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided. Further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a system is provided for laser processing a multi-level, multi- material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate. The system includes means for generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and includes at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic comprising at least one of a temporal shape and spatial shape. The system also includes means for relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location. The position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist. The system further includes means for irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time. The beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide, wherein the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure and wherein an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided.
Still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a method is provided for laser processing a multi-level, multi- material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack. The stack has inner dielectric layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate. The method includes generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and includes at least one laser pulse. At least reflections of the laser beam by the layers of the stack substantially reduce pulse energy density at the substrate relative to at least one other wavelength. The microstructure is processed with the at least one laser pulse. Pulse energy density at the microstructure is sufficient to remove the microstructure while avoiding damage to the substrate and the inner layers of the stack.
Yet still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a system is provided for laser processing a multi-level, multi- material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack. The stack has inner dielectric layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate. The system includes means for generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength, and includes at least one laser pulse wherein at least reflections of the laser beam by the layers of the stack substantially reduce pulse energy density at the substrate relative to at least one other wavelength beyond the absorption edge. The system also includes means for processing the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse wherein pulse energy density at the microstructure is sufficient to remove the microstructure while avoiding damage to the substrate and the inner layers of the stack.
Further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a method for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate is provided. The method includes providing information regarding material of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate. The method also includes determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information. The method further includes determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse based on the optical propagation characteristics.
Still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a system for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate is provided. The system includes means for providing information regarding material of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate. The system also includes means for determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information. The system further includes means for determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse based on the optical propagation characteristics. Yet still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a method for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate is provided. The method includes providing information regarding material and spacing of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate. The method also includes determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information. The method further includes determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse which avoids undesirable changes in electrical or physical characteristics of the substrate and the other structures based on the optical propagation characteristics.
Still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a system for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate is provided. The system includes means for providing information regarding material and spacing of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate. The system also includes means for determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information. The system further includes means for determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse which avoids undesirable changes in electrical or physical characteristics of the substrate and the other structures based on the optical propagation characteristics.
Yet still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a method is provided for laser processing a multi-level, multi- material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate. The method includes generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and includes at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic wherein: a) the predetermined wavelength is below an absorption edge of the substrate, and b) the at least one pulse has duration less than about 10 nanoseconds, and a repetition rate of 10 KHz or higher. The method also includes relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location. The position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist. The method further includes irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time wherein the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide and the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure, and an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided.
Yet still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a system is provided for laser processing a multi-level, multi- material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate. The system includes means for generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and includes at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic wherein: a) the predetermined wavelength is below an absorption edge of the substrate, and b) wherein the at least one pulse has duration less than about 10 nanoseconds, and a repetition rate of 10 KHz or higher. The system also includes means for relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location. The position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist. The system further includes means for irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time wherein the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide, the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure, and an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided. Further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a multi-level, multi-material device is provided. The device includes a substrate, a microstructure, and a multi-layer stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate. At least one of the inner layers has a predetermined physical parameter based on interactions of a pulsed laser beam with the stack. The laser beam has a predetermined wavelength, wherein undesirable changes to the substrate and the inner layers of the stack are avoided during laser processing with the pulsed laser beam.
In carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a method for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and at least one microstructure is provided. The processing occurs with multiple pulses in a single pass operation controlled with a positioning subsystem of a thermal processing system. The positioning subsystem induces relative motion between the device and laser beam waists. The processing removes the at least one microstructure without damaging the substrate. The method includes generating a first pulse having a first predetermined characteristic, and irradiating the at least one microstructure with the first pulse wherein a first beam waist associated with the first pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide. The step of irradiating at least initiating processing of the at least one microstructure. The method also includes generating a second pulse having a second predetermined characteristic. The second pulse is delayed a predetermined time relative to the first pulse. The method further includes irradiating the at least one microstructure with the second pulse wherein a second beam waist associated with the second pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide. The step of irradiating the at least one microstructure with the second pulse further processing the at least one microstructure wherein the processing of the at least one microstructure with the first and second pulses occurs during relative motion of the at least one microstructure and the beam waists in a single pass whereby throughput of the thermal processing system is substantially improved.
Further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a system for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and at least one microstructure is provided. The processing occurs with multiple pulses in a single pass operation controlled with a positioning subsystem which induces relative motion between the device and laser beam waists. The processing removes the at least one microstructure without damaging the substrate. The system includes means for generating a first pulse having a first predetermined characteristic, and means for irradiating the at least one microstructure with the first pulse wherein a first beam waist associated with the first pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide. The first pulse at least initiating processing of the at least one microstructure. The system also includes means for generating a second pulse having a second predetermined characteristic. The second pulse is delayed a predetermined time relative to the first pulse. The system further includes means for irradiating the at least one microstructure with the second pulse wherein a second beam waist associated with the second pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide. The second pulse further processing the at least one microstructure wherein the processing of the at least one microstructure with the first and second pulses occurs during relative motion of the at least one microstructure and the beam waists in a single pass whereby throughput of the system is substantially improved.
Still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a method for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and a microstructure is provided. The method includes generating the at least one laser pulse having at least one predetermined characteristic based on a differential thermal property of materials of the device. The method also includes irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse wherein a first portion of the at least one pulse increases a difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure, and a second portion of the at least one pulse further increases the difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure to process the multi-material device without damaging the substrate.
Yet still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a system for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and a microstructure is provided. The system includes means for generating the at least one laser pulse having at least one predetermined characteristic based on a differential thermal property of materials of the device. The system also includes means for irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse wherein a first portion of the at least one pulse increases a difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure, and a second portion of the at least one pulse further increases the difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure to process the multi-material device without damaging the substrate.
In carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a method for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed is provided. The method includes measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain a measurement. The at least one alignment target is covered by at least one layer of a second material. The step of measuring includes selectively irradiating a portion of a region to be measured with a radiation cleaning beam to remove debris from the region to compensate for reflectivity variations and reduce multiplicative noise and associated signal variations at a detector. The method also includes predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a waist of the laser beam based on the measurement to obtain a predicted relative location. The method further includes inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the beam waist based on the predicted relative location. The method further includes generating the laser beam including at least one pulse, and irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target wherein the at least one pulse is sufficient to process the predetermined target.
Further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a system for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed is provided. The system includes means for measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain a measurement. The at least one alignment target is covered by at least one layer of a second material. The means for measuring includes means for selectively irradiating a portion of a region to be measured with a radiation cleaning beam to remove debris from the region to compensate for reflectivity variations and reduce multiplicative noise and associated signal variations at a detector. The system also includes means for predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a waist of the laser beam based on the measurement to obtain a predicted relative location. The system further includes means for inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the beam waist based on the predicted relative location. The system also includes means for generating the laser beam including at least one pulse, and means for irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target wherein the at least one pulse is sufficient to process the predetermined target.
Still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, in a system for laser processing a target structure of a multi-layer, multi-material device, a method of controlling energy delivered to the target structure is provided. The method includes obtaining at least one measurement at each of at least two predetermined wavelengths. The method also includes determining thickness of at least one layer of the device based on the measurements. The method further includes controlling energy delivered to the target structure based on the determined thickness to compensate for variations in energy required to process the target structure caused by interference effects of the at least one layer.
In a system for laser processing a target structure of a multi-layer, multi-material device, a control system for controlling energy delivered to the target structure is provided. The control system includes means for obtaining at least one measurement at each of at least two predetermined wavelengths. The control system also includes means for determining thickness of at least one layer of the device based on the measurements. The control system further includes means for controlling energy delivered to the target structure based on the determined thickness to compensate for variations in energy required to process the target structure caused by interference effects of the at least one layer. Yet still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a method for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed is provided. The method includes measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain at least one measurement. The method also includes predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a laser beam based on the at least one measurement to obtain a predicted relative location. The method further includes generating a laser beam including at least one pulse, and inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the laser beam based on the predicted relative location. The method further includes updating the predicted relative location during relative motion based on updated position information. The updated position information is obtained during the relative motion. The method still further includes irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target to process the predetermined target based on the updated position information.
Still further in carrying out the above object and other objects of the present invention, a system for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed is provided. The system includes means for measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain at least one measurement. The system also includes means for predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a laser beam based on the at least one measurement to obtain a predicted relative location. The system also includes means for generating a laser beam including at least one pulse, and means for inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the laser beam based on the predicted relative location. The system further includes means for updating the predicted relative location during relative motion based on updated position information. The updated position information is obtained during the relative motion. The system still further includes means for irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target to process the predetermined target based on the updated position information. The above object and other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention are readily apparent from the following detailed description of the best mode for carrying out the invention when taken in connection with the accompanying drawings.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIGURE la is a block diagram of a laser system which generates a laser pulse in response to a trigger signal obtained from a control system, the pulse having a temporal shape including a fast rise and fall time, and a duration selected for the material processing application of the present invention;
FIGURES lb and lc are views partially broken away illustrating a multi-layer, multi-material device wherein a laser pulse with pre-determined temporal and spatial characteristics irradiates the device; FIGURE lb is a first side sectional view of a portion of the device, showing a target structure having a rectangular cross-section, wherein a high numerical aperture laser beam, having a non-unity aspect ratio, is incident on the target structure having a plurality of layers forming a stack; FIGURE lc is a second side sectional view of a portion of the device, orthogonal to the first, showing a rectangular target structure, wherein a high numerical aperture laser beam, having a non-unity aspect ratio, is incident on the target structure;
FIGURE 2a is a block diagram of a prior art laser system which shows a conventional q-switched or Gaussian pulse;
FIGURE 2b is a view of a conventional multi-layer structure having a single oxide layer between the link and substrate, therefore being located in proximity to a substrate, with a conventional q-switched laser pulse irradiating and substantially overfilling the narrow dimension of the target structure; FIGURE 3 is a graph of reflection as a function of wavelength of a multi- layer stack having 28 layers in 14 pairs, the stack representative of a device processed with a method and system of the present invention;
FIGURES 4a and 4b are top views and associated graphs which illustrate the effect of irradiating the target structure with laser beam profiles of varying dimension with respect to the target structure; FIGURES 4a and 4b show the result of truncating a representative non-uniform Gaussian shaped laser spatial profile, wherein the energy enclosed by the target structure is strongly affected, the energy at the target edge varies, and potential stray radiation effects result from energy not absorbed by the target structure;
FIGURE 4c is a side schematic view of a plurality of microstructures formed on a layer and which illustrate that for decreasing spacing (pitch) inter-reflections and stray energy result in irradiation of neighboring target structures;
FIGURES 5 a and 5b are graphs which show the reduction in irradiance on the device as a function of depth resulting from precise position control of a high numerical aperture beam (at the top surface), wherein the position and depth of focus of the beam provides for processing of the target structure without creating undesirable changes to other materials; In particular, Figure 5a illustrates the increase in spot area with for various spherical and elliptical Gaussian irradiance distributions, for a representative multi-layer stack used in a copper memory process;
FIGURE 5b normalizes the defocus function relative to the energy density (fluence) at the target location;
FIGURES 6a and 6b are schematic views of a stack of layers formed on a wafer substrate and which illustrate exemplary results obtained with a ray trace simulation used to estimate the level of radiation impinging on the internal layers and adjacent links with a specified beam numerical aperture; FIGURES 7a, 7b, 8 and 9 are views of images taken from detectors and which illustrate, on a continuous scale spanning 5 decades, simulated patterns of radiation at the surface, substrate, and with the stack removed respectively;
FIGURE 10 is a schematic diagram of a system for measuring fiducials or other alignment targets;
FIGURE 11 is a graph of reflectivity versus outer layer thickness;
FIGURE 12 shows a pair of graphs of reflectivity versus thickness of the outer oxide layer for two different laser beam wavelengths;
FIGURE 13 is a schematic diagram of a system for automatically controlling pulse energy based on a thickness measurement;
FIGURE 14a shows schematic and graphical representations of an effect of debris on signal fidelity during alignment measurements;
FIGURE 14b shows similar representations with improved signal fidelity after cleaning with a pulsed laser beam;
FIGURES 15a-15c show various arrangements for combining laser pulses or generating a sequence of closely spaced pulses using optical or electronic delay methods; Figure 15a illustrates use of multiple lasers with delayed triggering; Figure 15b illustrates a basic arrangement with a single laser and an optical delay path; and Figure 15c illustrates yet another modular optical delay line providing for pointing stability and simplified alignment;
FIGURE 16 is a graph of temperature versus time which illustrates simulation results for metal link (top) and substrate (bottom) irradiance with a pair of delayed pulses wherein the substrate temperature decays rapidly exhibiting a differential thermal property of the materials; the two laser pulses each had a square temporal shape; FIGURE 17 is a series of schematic views of a metal link which illustrate a multiple pulse sequence wherein: (1) a first pulse irradiates the metal link; (2) debris is left after removing the link; (3) a second pulse with a spatial pulse shape is used wherein the central zone is attenuated, the second pulse having a lower peak energy density than the first pulse; and (4) 25 ns after the start of the first pulse the debris is removed;
FIGURE 18 is a block diagram of a system which generates and controllably selects pulses;
FIGURE 19 is a block diagram of a system of the present invention wherein a portion of a high repetition rate pulse train (e.g. , 1 μHz) is selected and a high speed beam deflector (e.g. , electro-optic or acousto-optic device) synchronized with microstructure positions is used to process a single microstructure with multiple pulses during relative motion; and
FIGURE 20 is a block diagram of another system of the present invention wherein a beam deflector is used to spatially split a single pulse so as to irradiate either one or two microstructures (or none) with a pair of pulses during relative motion.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
One aspect of the invention is removal of a microscopic target structure which is part of a multilayer, multimaterial device, wherein laser energy is incident on several materials having dissimilar optical and thermal properties. One application is memory repair. A new fabrication process (Damascene) includes a copper target structure, multiple dielectric layers in the form of a "stack," and functional circuitry disposed at the dielectric layers. The target structure and layers are typically formed on a silicon substrate. This is illustrated in Figures lb and lc and corresponds to a device processed with an embodiment of the present invention. This will be referred to as a "multilevel" process. With the use of more complex structures at finer scale (e.g., at or below a wavelength of visible light), considerations for reliable operation of laser processing system increase to meet the standards for high yield in the semiconductor industry.
Aspects of the invention include methods and subsystems for operation of the laser processing system. At the microscopic scale, the laser beam waist diverges rapidly due to the small spot size and depth of focus. The materials within the 3D beam location may include functional circuitry. In an automatic system, robust measurement of target locations is used in conjunction with database information to position a laser beam in three dimensions at high speed. The interaction of a laser beam within the multilevel device influences yield. Modeling of thermal interaction is useful of understanding and predicting performance in the thermal processing regime. However, at the microscopic scale, a more detailed understanding of interaction based on physical optics is also beneficial.
In the following sections, detailed aspects of spatial and temporal pulse shaping, three-dimensional measurement and prediction, device modeling and process design are disclosed with emphasis on solving the problem of cleanly removing links on a multilevel device, wherein damage is avoided to inner layers and functional circuitry between a link and the substrate. However, various methods, subsystems, and experimental results may also be applied for link processing of conventional single inner layer devices, and generally for processing microstructures surrounded by materials having dissimilar thermal or optical properties.
Processing Links on a Multilevel Device
A pulsed laser beam, the beam having pre-determined characteristics for processing of microscopic structures, is used to cleanly remove at least a portion of a target structure. An application of the method and system of the present invention is severing of highly reflective copper links which are part of a high speed semiconductor memory device. The method and system of the present invention is particularly advantageous for processing of targets having a sub-micron dimension, including targets with a dimension below the wavelength of the laser beam. The target is separated from a semiconductor substrate by a multi-layer stack, which may have several dielectric layers. Furthermore, both the temporal and spatial characteristics of the pulse may be selected or controlled based on the thermal and optical properties of the microscopic target, underlying layer materials, and the three-dimensional layout of the device structure, including the spacing of target structures and functional inner conductor layers.
Figures la-lc generally show an embodiment of the present invention A laser pulse 3 irradiates a rectangular target structure or microstructure 10, side views of which are shown in Figures lb and lc, with a focused beam. In a preferred embodiment, an output from short pulse amplified laser system 1 is generated to produce the pulse 3 which has a rise time 4 fast enough to efficiently couple energy into a highly reflective target structure. The duration 5 is sufficient to process the target structure wherein at least a portion of the structure is cleanly removed without leaving residue, slag, or other debris. The fall time 6 is preferably fast enough to avoid creating undesirable damage to the layers or substrate.
The temporal pulse shape is selected, in part, based on physical properties of the target microstructure 10, for instance, thickness, optical absorption, thermal conductivity, or a combination thereof. In an advantageous embodiment of the invention, the processing will occur with a single pulse having a fast edge leading relative to a selected pulse duration of several nanoseconds. In an alternative embodiment, the laser output may be a series of narrow q-switched or rectangular pulses, with very fast rise time, for example 800 ps pulses representative of the output of commercially available q-switch micro-lasers. The pulses may be delayed with respect to each other so as to provide a burst of pulses to irradiate the target structure. The laser output may be generated with a combination of a high bandwidth seed laser diode and fiber optic amplifier with Raman shifting, or with a waveguide amplifier system. Alternatively, a desirable pulse characteristic may be provided with various modified q-switched systems or with the use of high speed electro-optic modulators. Other pulse shapes may be selected for the material processing requirements. For instance, a sequence of closely spaced pulses having duration from a few picoseconds to several nanoseconds is taught in Reference 5.
In one embodiment, a high bandwidth MOPA configuration is used to amplify the laser output of a high speed semiconductor diode. Generation of various pulse shapes and duration with direct modulation of the diode is considered advantageous, provided any affect associated with variable amplitude drive waveforms does not affect overall performance. Further details of various aspects of pulse generation and amplification can be found in references 5 and 6 (e.g. , in 'All — Reference 5 — Figures 5 and columns 14-16).
As indicated above, embodiments of the laser system may include fiber optic amplifiers which amplify the preferred square pulse shape generated by a seed laser. The seed laser may be a high speed semiconductor diode or the shaped output of a modified q-switched system. The amplified output may be matched in wavelength to the input or Raman-shifted as taught in References 4 and 6 (e.g. , in Reference 6, Figures 12-13 and column 14, line 57 - column 19, line 3). Wavelength shifting of a short pulse q-switched laser output is generally taught in '759 Reference 4.
In an alternative arrangement the seed laser is a semiconductor diode and the optical amplifier is a waveguide amplifier. Advantages of an embodiment with a waveguide amplifier when compared to a fiber system include avoidance of
Raman shifting, lower pulse distortion at the speed of operation, and, with proper design, minimal thermal lensing. A precision anamorphic optic system is used to optimize coupling between the seed and amplifier. Basic description of waveguide amplitude and lasers can be found in product literature provided by Maxios, Inc. and in the article "CW and passively Q-switched Cladding Pumped Planar
Waveguide Lasers," Beach et. al. Yet another amplifier system including a 28 DB planar waveguide amplifier for use at 1.064 μm wavelengths was developed by
University of Southhampton and described in "A Diode Pumped, High Gain, PlanarWaveguide, Nd:Y3A15O12 Amplifier." In an alternative arrangement, for generation of a fast rising pulse or other desirable shape, a plurality of q-switched micro-lasers can be used. The modules produce a q-switched waveform with pulse durations of about 1 nanosecond or less, for example 800 ps to 2 ns for commercially available units. An example of a commercially available laser is the AOT-YVO-1Q available from Advanced Optical Technology (AOTLasers.com). These recently developed short pulse, active q-switch lasers can be triggered with a TTL pulse at a variable repetition rate while maintaining specified sub-nanosecond timing jitter. In general, the pulse shape incident on the target microstructure will vary significantly at repetition rates approaching the maximum rate. Reference 9 teaches methods of maintaining a constant pulse shape despite variations in the temporal spacing of pulses incident on a target (e.g. , see the figures and associated specification). AOT offers a pulsewidth of 2 nanoseconds available at a repetition rate of 20 KHz. Frequency doubled versions are also available (532 nm). IMRA America reports 800 ps pulses with the PicoLite system, and high peak power was obtained with fiber amplification at repetition rates up to 10 KHz. Shorter pulsewidths, for instance about 1 ns or less, are available at slower repetition rates.
As known in the art and illustrated in Reference 5 (e.g. , Figures lc, 2), the q-switched waveforms may approximate (at least to 1st order) a symmetric Gaussian shape, or a fast rising pulse with an exponential tail, depending on the stored energy. With reference to Figures 15a-15c, a series of devices, with appropriate delays introduced by a plurality of triggering signals, or delays of a trigger signal with a delay line, is used to generate a series of spaced apart pulses. The optical outputs are preferably combined with appropriate bulk optics (polarization sensitive), fiber optics, or waveguides to form a single output beam. The resultant addition of the q-switched waveforms produces a fast rise time characteristic and relatively short duration. An optical amplifier 122 may be used to increase the output power as needed.
Figure 15a shows a schematic of one basic embodiment with bulk optics, where a beam combiner 123 is used to deliver the output of two lasers
120,121 to an amplifier 122. A delay circuit 126, which may be programmable, controls triggering. Polarization optics 127, 128 are used to provide the proper input to the beam combiner. In one arrangement the pulses are spaced apart and appear as a high frequency burst 124. In a second arrangement triggering of the second pulse occurs at a slightly delayed (but controlled) position which produces a characteristic approximating a square pulse shape 125. In the latter arrangement the controlled delay is about 50% of the FWHM. Those skilled in the art will recognize that alternative arrangements may be used with multiple amplifiers, combiners, with bulk, fiber, or integrated optic arrangements.
Generation of multiple pulse waveforms may also include some form of active q-switching of two separate microlasers or detecting a first pulse from a passively q-switched laser and subsequently triggering an actively q-switched laser or MOP A relative to the first pulse.
Figure 15-b is a basic schematic showing the use of a single laser 140 wherein the laser output is divided by beam splitter 142, whereby a portion of the beam propagates along a path 141, followed by combining with combiner 143 , after polarization adjustment with rotator 146 which may be a half- wave plate. An optional optical amplifier 145 may then be used to produce higher output power.
In an arrangement using a single laser and an optical delay line, the optical system will preferably be stable and easy to align. Figure 15c shows an exemplary embodiment wherein the use of opposing corner cube retroreflectors 130 makes the setup insensitive to tilt of the folding elements. The angular alignment of the delayed beam paths 131, 132 is very stable even in a high vibration environment. One of the corner cubes in each pair of retroreflectors 130 is initially adjusted in the X/Y translation and Z rotation to get the transverse position of the delayed beam path centered. Each of the λ/2 retarders 133 in the main beam path is adjusted so that vertical or horizontally polarized light will have its polarization rotated by 45 degrees. The λ/2 retarder 133 in the second delay loop is adjusted so that vertical or horizontal polarized light will have the polarization rotated by 90 degrees causing the delayed pulse in the second loop to circulate twice before exiting. The peak-to-peak spacing of the output waveform 135 (e.g. , A combined pulses) is controlled by the length of the delay loops. If non-equal amplitudes for the delayed pulses are desired, the λ/2 retarders 133 in the main beam can be set for a polarization of other than 45 degrees. Likewise, the pulse shape can be varied at the time a system is setup or possibly in operation by manually or automatically controlling the spacing. Those skilled in the art of laser pulse generation and shaping will appreciate the advantages of the compact and modular arrangement for short pulse for typical delays ranging from a few nanoseconds to tens of nanoseconds. For instance, U.S. Patent No. 5,293,389 to Hitachi describes a polarization-based fiber delay line for generating laser pulses of decreasing amplitude for generating longer pulses, for instance 100 ns or longer.
Another means of producing a shaped pulse is to use the modulator approach to chop the leading edge or tail of the pulse but with a two-stage or shaped modulation voltage pulse. For example: with a 10ns q-switched pulse, the modulator could have 100% transmission for the first l-5ns followed by 25% transmission for the remainder of the pulse. Early pioneering work by Koechner (U.S. Patent No. 3,747,019) and Smart (U.S. Patent No. 4,483,005) demonstrate exemplary amplitude and pulse shape control methods using electro-optic modulators.
The multiple pulses shown in Figures 15a- 15c may or may not have the same wavelength, and the temporal shape of a pulse may be varied depending upon specific requirements. For example, in certain embodiments an output may be a q-switched pulse of short duration and high peak power combined with a lower power square pulse shape.
Referring to Figures la and lb, during system operation for memory repair, position information, obtained with a precision measurement system, is used to relatively position the focused beam waist of the pulsed laser at a location in space 7,8,9 to substantially coincide with the target 10 three-dimensional coordinates (Xlink,Ylink,Zlink). A trigger pulse 2, generated at a time where the laser beam waist and target position substantially coincide, operates in conjunction with the laser and associated control circuitry in laser subsystem 1 to produce an output pulse.
References 2 and 7 describe details of a method and system for precision positioning, including three-dimensional beam waist positioning. Reference 7 describes a preferred embodiment for producing an approximate diffraction limited spot size with a range of spot size adjustment (e.g. , Figures 7-9 of WO0187534 ('534) and the associated specification), and a preferred method and system for three-dimensional positioning of the beam waist. Three-dimensional (height) information is obtained, for instance with focus detection, and used to estimate a surface and generate a trajectory (e.g. , Figures 2-5 of '534 and the associated specification). The laser is pulsed at a location substantially corresponding to the three-dimensional position of the link (Xlink, Ylink, Zlink) (e.g. , Figures lOa-b of '534 and the associated specification).
In practice, the three-dimensional measurement and positioning are used to compensate for topographical variations over a wafer surface, or other position variations introduced in a system (mis-alignment). These variations are generally system or application dependent and may exceed several microns, which in turn exceeds the depth of focus of the focused laser beam. In some micro-machining applications the system positioning requirements may be relaxed if certain tolerances are maintained, or if external hardware manipulates the device position, as might be done with a micro-positioning sub-system. The device may comprise a miniature part (e.g. , single die) which is positioned by an external micro-positioning subsystem to a predetermined reference location. Similarly, if a miniature part has a pre-determined tolerance the positioning may be based on single measurement at a reference location or perhaps a single depth measurement combined with a lateral (X,Y) measurement. For processing of multilevel devices on wafers, (e.g. : 300 mm) at high speed it is expected that densely sampled three-dimensional information will improve performance, particularly as link dimensions shrink. In applications requiring very high speed operation over a large surface (e.g. , 300 mm wafer), an alternative method is to combine information which may be predetermined (e.g. , the plane of a wafer chuck relative to a beam positioner plane of motion measured during a calibration process) with dimensional information obtained from each part to be processed. For example, in '534, Figures 1-2, a fraction of the tilt of region 28 may be associated with fixturing). For example, the steps may include (a) obtaining information identifying microstructures designated for removal, (b) measuring a first set of reference locations to obtain three-dimensional reference data, (c) generating a trajectory based on at least the three-dimensional reference data to obtain a prediction of beam waist and microstructure surface locations, (d) updating the prediction during relative motion based on updated position information, the updated position information obtained from a position sensor (e.g. , encoder) and/or from data acquired during the relative motion. The additional data may be measurement data acquired at additional alignment target or at other locations suitable for an optical measurement (e.g. , dynamic focus). Reference 2 describes a system wherein a precision wafer stage is used to position a wafer at high speed. A method of obtaining feedback information with resolution of a fraction of one nanometer is disclosed wherein interferometric encoders are used, and such a high precision method is preferred. In Reference 2 it was noted that other conventional laser interferometers may also be used. Figures 9-11 and columns 5-6 of Reference 2 describe aspects of the precision measurement subsystem associated with the precision positioning apparatus. Additionally, designated reference locations on the workpiece (e.g. , wafer) which may be an x,y alignment target or a region suited for a three-dimensional measurement may be used for various applications. It should also be noted that height accuracy of about .1 μm was reported in "In-situ height correction for laser scanning of semiconductor wafers," Nikoonhad et al. , Optical Engineering, Vol. 34, No. 10, October 1995, wherein an optical position sensor obtained area averaged height data at high speeds. Similarly, a dynamic focus sensor (e.g. , astigmatic systems used for optical disk tracking and control) may be used to obtain height information provided the data rate is fast enough to support "on the fly" measurement. Various combinations of the above technologies can be used depending upon the application requirements. A combination may be based on the number and typical distribution over a device of microstructures designated for removal. When a large number of repair sites are distributed across a device, the throughput may be maximized by providing updates "on the fly. "
In an application of the invention, the target structure 10 is provided as a part of a multi-material, multi-layer structure (e.g. , redundant memory device). The multi-layer stack having dielectric layers 14,15 provides spacing between the link and an underlying substrate 17. In one type of multi-layer memory device, alternating layers of Silicon Dioxide 15 and Silicon Nitride 14 may be disposed between a copper link target structure 10 and a Silicon substrate 17. The copper target structure is generally located in proximity to other similar structures to form a 1-D or 2-D array of fuses which are designated for removal. In addition to the copper link structure, underlying conductors 16 disposed as part of the functional device circuitry, may be in proximity to the link structure, and arranged in a series of patterns covered by relatively thin ( < .1 μm typical) Silicon Nitride 14 and thicker (~ 1 μm typical) Silicon Dioxide 15 materials.
The irradiance distribution at the link may substantially conform to a diffraction limited, circular Gaussian profile. In another useful embodiment, the beam has an approximate elliptical Gaussian irradiance profile, as might be produced with an anamorphic optical system, or with a non-circular laser output beam. In one embodiment, the incident beam has a non-uniform aspect ratio 12,11 as also illustrated in Figure 4b (e.g. , 3: 1). Alternatively, rectangular or another chosen spatial profiles may be implemented in a lateral dimension. For example, Reference 1 discloses various advantageous methods and optical systems for "non- Gaussian" spatially shaping of laser beams for application to memory repair.
With the nearly diffraction limited elliptical Gaussian case, the preferable minimum beam waist dimension at location 11 approximates the narrow target 10 dimension of Figure lb, which, in turn, produces high pulse energy density at the link. Further, with this approach, a high fraction of the laser energy is coupled to the link and background irradiance is reduced.
A typical copper link used in a present memory has width and thickness of about 1 μm or less, for example, .6 μm, and length of about five microns. Future memory requirements are expected to further reduce the scale of target dimensions. The minimum beam waist dimension Wyo at 11 will typically overfill the sub-micron link to some degree, whereas aspect ratio Wxo/Wyo 12, 11 with Wxo a few microns along the link, can facilitate clean link removal. Additionally, rapidly decreasing energy density on the layers 14,15 and substrate 17 is achieved through defocus of the high numerical aperture beam portion 11.
The graphs of Figures 5a and 5b illustrate the estimated defocus for various aspect ratios, relative to a circular Gaussian and an elliptical beam at best focus. Figure 5a shows the very rapid falloff of a 1.6 μm circular Gaussian (.002 mm numerical divisions = 2 μm). Figure 5b shows a normalized result to scale the energy density at best focus for the different spot shapes. These results indicate that with precision beam positioning in depth, wherein the power density is maximized at the target site, at relative reduction in energy density of more than one decade occurs at the substrate level for an exemplary multi-layer stack used in a copper based process for memory fabrication. Further, the rapid defocus relative to the waist WyO is beneficial for avoiding inner layer damage, provided the "tails" of the incident beam irradiate functional inner layer 16 (e.g. , copper) at a low level.
In one embodiment for processing a multilevel device, copper link removal is initiated with application of the fast rise time pulse, having a nominal 10-90% rise time 4 in a preferred range of less than 1 nanosecond to about 2 nanoseconds. A pulse duration 5 in the range of about 2 nanoseconds to 10 nanoseconds is preferable to sever the link while limiting thermal diffusion. Pulse energies in the range of about 0.1 microjoules (μj) to 3 μj were effective, with a preferred typical range of about 0.1- 5 μj considered sufficient margin for spot shape and process variations. The preferred pulse duration may be selected based upon the nominal link thickness specifications, or based on a model of the dissimilar thermal and optical properties of adjacent materials. During the pulse duration, thermal shock of top layer 13 and thermal expansion of the target 10 result in explosion of the link through ruptured top oxide layers 13, which in turn reduces the stress at the lower corner of the link structure adjacent to the layer 14. The laser pulse is rapidly terminated, preferably within a few nanosecond fall time 6 after the explosion, at a time just after the thin link is cleanly severed, and prior to a time the lower corner of the link results in cracking of at least layer 14. Further details and results related to the interaction of a laser pulse with a metal link and overlying layers is disclosed in references 4 and 5. The '471 patent and the associated specification describe the interaction process (e.g. , Figures la, lb, Ila, l ib, and in column 18).
Hence, a combination of the spatial characteristics (e.g. , beam waist shape and position) and the temporal (e.g. , rise time 4, flatness, and duration 5) pulse characteristics avoids undesirable cracking of lower layers 14,15, avoids significant pulse interaction with inner layer conductor 16, and limits substrate 17 heating. Hence, despite the high reflectivity of the copper link at visible and near infrared wavelengths, and the expectation in the prior art of incomplete removal and damage to surrounding structures and substrate, the target structure is processed without undesirable damage to other structures. It is also known that copper, in addition to having nearly maximum reflectance in the near IR, is also more reflective than other link materials (e.g. , aluminum, platinum). Nevertheless, due to the optical interaction of the near IR beam with the target and the optical and thermal properties of adjacent (overlying) layers, the preferred copper material can be processed.
Furthermore, near IR (Infrared) wavelengths also conveniently correspond to wavelengths where high bandwidth laser diodes are available, and to the spectral range where optical amplification of the pulsed laser beam can be efficiently produced with fiber and waveguide amplifiers. Those skilled in the art will recognize that amplified laser diode outputs, having a desired temporal pulse shape, may also be frequency multiplied to produce visible laser outputs when advantageous. The fast rise time of semiconductor diodes is particularly advantageous for producing a fast rise time, square pulse characteristic. Future developments in visible diode and optical amplifier technology may support direct pulse amplification in the visible range.
In a preferred system for copper link blowing, the link width is a fraction of one micron and the link spacing (pitch) is a few microns with present process technology. The link width may typically correspond to a wavelength of visible light. Further, at the microscopic scale of operation, where the lateral and/or thickness dimensions of the materials of Figures lb and lc are on the order of the laser wavelength, the thickness and indices of refraction of the stack materials can significantly affect the overall optical characteristics of the stack.
In one embodiment of the invention, a preferred reduced wavelength is selected in the visible or near infrared range wherein a non-absorptive optical property of the layers (e.g. , interference or reflection loss) is exploited. The device structure of Figures la and lb can be damaged with substantial absorption within the lower layers, such damage is prohibitive because of the presence of adjacent circuitry. This is in contrast to link processing with the prior art system of Figure 2b where inner layer damage is not generally detrimental to overall device performance.
U.S. Patent No. 6,300,690 (Reference 8) describes a system and method for vaporizing a target structure on a substrate. The method includes providing a laser system configured to produce a laser output at the wavelength below an absorption edge of the substrate. Furthermore, Reference 4 discloses benefits of a wavelength less than 1.2 um for processing links on memory devices wherein the substrate is Silicon, namely smaller spot size and shorter laser pulsewidths. In accordance with the present invention, improved performance can be realized by exploiting the non-absorbing stack properties with wavelength selection. Furthermore, at least one of precision positioning of a high numerical aperture beam, spatial shaping of the spot, or temporal pulse shaping also will provide for reduced energy at the substrate. The result corresponds to a relatively low value of energy expected to be deposited in the substrate, despite an incident beam energy necessary to deposit unit energy in the target structure sufficient to vaporize the target structure.
The factors affecting the energy deposited in the substrate are, in effect, multiplicative. Likewise, at short visible wavelengths, copper is absorbing (e.g. , about 50% at 500 nm, 70% in the near UV, compared to 2% at 1.064 urn) so less energy is required for clean removal, at least an order of magnitude. The preferred identified wavelength corresponding to a relatively low value of the energy expected to be deposited in the substrate is within a visible of near IR region of the spectrum. A model-based approach may be used to estimate the shortest wavelength with sufficient margin for a specified dielectric stack, spot position, tolerance, temporal and three-dimensional spatial pulse characteristics.
For processing on links on multilevel devices with Silicon substrates, the limiting wavelength corresponding to a relatively low value of the energy expected to be deposited in the substrate (e.g. , below the image threshold) may be within the green or near UV region of spectrum, but the use may require tightly controlled system parameters, including possible control of the stack layer thickness or index of refraction.
With wavelength selection in accordance with the present invention, where the internal transmission and preferably reflection of the stack is at or near a maximum, stack layer damage is avoided. Furthermore, decreasing substrate irradiance, while simultaneously providing a reduced spot size for link removal (at or near diffraction limit), is preferred provided irradiation of functional internal layers is within acceptable limits. Spectral transmission curves for typical large bandgap dielectric materials generally show that the transmission decreases somewhat at UV wavelengths. For example, in HANDBOOK OF LASER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, the transmission range of Silicon Dioxide is specified as wavelengths greater than .15 μm. The absorption coefficient of both Silicon Nitride and Silicon Dioxide remains relatively low in the visible range ( > 400 nm) and gradually increases in the UV range. Figure 3 is a graph which illustrates the estimated back reflection produced by a representative multi-layer stack of 14 Silicon Dioxide 15 and Silicon Nitride 14 pairs over a range of near IR wavelengths, where the thickness of the layers is about 1 μm and .07 microns, respectively. In accordance with the present invention, a large number of layers can be accommodated, and may range from about 4-28 dependent upon the process (e.g. , sometimes multiple layers may separate a functional conductor layer).
By way of example, it is shown that significant reflection occurs over relatively broad wavelength range. A single layer disposed as an internal layer 14 will typically reflect roughly 2% at each surface over the visible and near IR spectrum. It is well known in the art of link and semiconductor processing that Silicon absorption varies by orders of magnitude in the near IR spectral range. Further, studies of Silicon material processing have shown that the absorption is unstable and non-linear with increased laser power and substrate heating at wavelengths near the absorption edge, as taught in reference 4. However, as stated above, the shorter wavelengths are preferred to produce smaller spots (references 4-6, and 8) and higher energy concentration at the link position.
In accordance with the present invention, exploiting the layer reflection with wavelength can further enhance the system performance and supplement the benefits associated with temporal and spatial control of the pulse in a preferred short wavelength range. Such wavelength selection is regarded as particularly advantageous at wavelengths where the substrate absorption would otherwise greatly increase, and significant margin can be obtained when the number of layers 14,15 disposed between the link and substrate substantially exceeds the number of overlying layers 13. A preferred structure for processing will comprise a substantial number of layers, with large reflectance at a predetermined short wavelength, the wavelength being well matched for generation of the preferred fast square temporal pulse shape.
Standard laser wavelengths in the range of Figure 3 include 1.047 μm and 1.064 μm, the latter being a standard wavelength of semiconductor diodes. Further, custom wavelengths include 1.08 μm, and other wavelengths generated with Raman shifting. Those skilled in the art will recognize that frequency multiplication of the near IR wavelengths can be used to generate short wavelengths, and with appropriate design multiple wavelengths may be provided in a single system. For instance a preferred temporal pulse shape, with a fast rise time, may be generated in the green portion of the visible spectrum by frequency doubling a near IR laser.
In an alternative embodiment, wavelength tuning is used to match the wavelength to the approximate peak reflectance of the stack. Such an arrangement may be particularly advantageous for adjustment of a laser wavelength at the edge of the reflectance range (i.e. , "cutoff" range) over a limited wavelength range, whereby sensitivity to tolerances in the material thickness and index of refraction are avoided. As noted above, further discussion of laser amplifier systems and application to other link structures can be found in references 4-6.
Generation of the pulsed laser beam may include the step of shifting the wavelength of the laser beam from a first wavelength to a predetermined wavelength. The predetermined wavelength may be based on material characteristics comprising at least one of: (1) coupling characteristics of the microstructure, (2) multi-layer interference, and (3) substrate reflectivity.
Experimental results have shown that at a wavelength of 1.047 μm, where the absorption of Silicon in orders of magnitude higher than at 1.2 μm, substrate damage is avoided with a short q-switched (standard) pulse and the stack characteristic of Figure 3. However, the results with a standard laser having a q- s witched temporal pulse shape showed cracking of an oxide layer 14 below the link. The relatively slow rising q-switched pulse shape, which for a Gaussian approximation is a substantial fraction of the duration, was considered a limiting factor for link removal without cracking of the inner layer based on experimental results. However, based on the teachings of the prior art, severe damage to the Silicon substrate would be expected at the 1.047 μm wavelength because the absorption is orders of magnitude higher than at a wavelength corresponding to maximum transmission. In accordance with the teachings of the present invention, the spatial pulse characteristics and the stack reflection are important factors to consider so as to avoid inner layer and substrate damage and short wavelengths of operation (which also provide for a smaller spot size and higher energy concentration at the link). Further, in accordance with the present invention, a predetermined square pulse shape generated at a laser wavelength of 1.047 μm would be expected to produce clean removal without undesirable changes to the stack and substrate.
Laser Processing and Process Design at the Sub-Micron Scale
Furthermore, in an exemplary advantageous embodiment for short wavelength processing of reflective microscopic structures, a specification for a multi-layer stack may be considered in process design. For example, a quarter-wave stack of alternating dielectrics or other suitable arrangement having a large difference in the index of refraction, and high transmission within each layer, is specified at a selected wavelength. It can be shown that very high reflectance is achievable, the quarter-wave stack being easily computed in closed form and modeled. Hence, the method and system of the present invention can be used effectively with other aspects of process design, and may be advantageous where the absorption of deeply buried layers and the substrate is relatively high, or where the width of a target structure is well below the laser wavelength.
The design of the device structure may have certain constraints related to the layout of the circuitry. As such, certain thickness and material for a certain layer may be defined, for instance an insulator in a plane of a conductor having the approximate thickness of the conductor, or related to the thickness of the conductor. It may be possible to select a material having a different index of refraction than the specified layer. A specified thickness may be based on the estimated reflection at an advantageous laser wavelength which may reduce or eliminate a requirement for special laser equipment operating at "exotic" wavelengths where the lasers are difficult to manufacture with high yield. The reflection may be estimated using a model wherein the thickness is a variable, and an estimate made to maximize the reflection, subject to other device constraints.
Thickness of the layers can be tuned to a wavelength in as much as the wavelength (or angle) can be tuned to the layers. Index of refraction could be used to fine-tune over a limited range, but the range may not be significant for small changes in index. Even with all thicknesses fixed by the process, the addition of a variable thickness tuning layer or layers with predetermined thickness could be used to significantly affect reflectivity of the whole stack. For example, a layer not constrained by metallization requirements could be used as a precision spacer between an upper and a lower stack portion. This could be a very powerful tool for tuning the process with adjustment of perhaps only one layer.
Physical Optics and Laser Processing of Multi-Level Devices
Other controllable laser characteristics may be exploited, alternatively or in conjunction with wavelength selection, to provide further improvements in the processing energy window. Reference 3 describes an advantageous method and system for polarization control, including dynamic polarization selection and computer control so as to align the polarization with a link orientation (e.g. , details shown in Figure 4 and the associated description in the reference). The polarization can be selected on the basis of the target coupling characteristics, the film reflectance, or a combination thereof.
With a link dimension below the spot size, effects like diffraction, scattering, and edge reflection should be considered as physical phenomena which can have either advantageous or detrimental results depending upon the device geometry and beam characteristics. Likewise, at high energy density, non-linear absoφtion may affect results, with particular concern of semiconductor material damage.
An additional important consideration with fine pitch (spacing) of adjacent links and circuitry is collateral damage. Furthermore, functional circuitry in a plane of the layers must not be damaged. With an increasing trend toward fine pitch and high density memory, the three-dimensional structure of the device should be considered and may affect a choice of beam spatial and temporal characteristics. By way of example, Figures 4a-4c illustrate effects of reflection and diffraction associated with sub-micron width link 10 resulting in truncated 43,44 Gaussian beams 11, where the spot size (as measured at the 13.5% point) is wider than the link by varying degrees. The sketches are representative of a diffraction limited beam waist at a near IR wavelengths. The central lobe is clipped by the link, which appears as a near field obscuration, resulting in transmitted beam portions which are truncated 43,44. Energy which is not incident on the link may propagate at wide angles into the layers 49 which may be advantageous from the standpoint of avoiding damage to the substrate 17 as shown in Figure 1. In any case, there will be some correlation of neighbor irradiance with spot size. Large spots with a relatively large depth of focus have reduced divergence and neighbor irradiance can be small, provided that the link spacing is large enough that the non-absorbed energy 43 of the incident beam impinging on an adjacent structure is weak, for instance corresponding to level 44. With a higher N.A. and smaller spot size, the reflected beam diameter at the link location 46 is increased. There will be a maximum value for some spot size 41 ,42. Then irradiance at a neighboring link 48 decreases as the reflected energy grows larger in area.
Simultaneously there is an angular variation in internal reflection. Hence, the stack layer thickness can also effect the irradiance of adjacent structures, including the internal structures 16 of Figure 1. Furthermore, polarization variations with angle are expected to produce variations. Figures 6a and 6b illustrate by way of example geometric ray tracing effects of internal reflections propagating over an extended area.
Similarly, as shown in Figure 4c, if a portion 45 of the laser beam incident on the edge of the link 46 is considered, the energy which is not coupled into the link structure may also be scattered and/or specularly reflected to the adjacent links 48. The inter-reflection 47 occurs as a consequence of at least the link 46 physical edge profiles which may be slightly curved or sloped. An additional consideration is the three-dimensional spacing between an inner conductor layer 16 of Figure 1, the beam waist 11, and the adjacent links 48 of Figure 4c. A large numerical aperture beam waist 11, producing the smallest spot size at the link, while diverging and reflecting in a manner so as to avoid significant interaction with the inner layer 16 is preferred. Examination of Figures 4a-4c suggest a reduced spot size with controlled precision 3D waist positioning is expected to reduce collateral damage by maximizing energy coupled into the link. With high enclosed energy within the link and a low intensity transmitted profile 44, edge reflection is minimized. The spatial profile should also be selected subject to the constraint of only low level, negligible interaction between the beam angular distribution at 16.
It is preferred that the interaction mechanisms associated with a portion of the three-dimensional device structure be modeled for selection of at least a spatial pulse characteristic, such a characteristic may be the N.A. and position of the beam waist. Preferably, the model will include an estimate of the irradiance seen by each adjacent link structures 48, internal layer 16, and substrate 17. Whereas damage to adjacent link structures may be relatively apparent with conventional microscopy, assessment of inner layer 16 and substrate 17 damage may be considerably more difficult with the 3-D device structure.
With link widths below 1 μm, and pitch of a few microns, precise, sub-micron alignment is required to compensate for variations between wafers, and local variations within a wafer, and system tolerances (e.g. , 300 mm wafer with 25 μm of topographical variation, and 5 μm of manufacturing tolerances, for instance). In accordance with the present invention, a precision positioning method and system is used to relatively position the beam waist so as to provide high laser energy concentration at the link. Also, one important consideration for precision positioning is predicting accurate (Xlink,Ylink) location information. The prediction is subsequently used by a motion control and positioning system to generate a laser output via trigger 2 at the target coordinates, during relative motion of the target 10 and laser beam. A preferred embodiment includes a polarization insensitive scanning and detection system as described hereinbelow, wherein a region containing an alignment target location is imaged to obtain reference data. The target location is often covered by a dielectric layer of Silicon Dioxide, Silicon Nitride, or other insulating material. Experiments have indicated that polarization insensitive detection is advantageous to avoid spurious measurements. The results led to a hypothesis that that birefringence is introduced in the insulating layers by polishing or other process operations, which is manifested by polarization variations in the reflected beam. These variations reduce the signal-to-noise ratio and appear to induce position distortion. The digital output data from each target location is used by an 8-parameter least squares alignment algorithm to estimate and correct position information affected by offset, angle, scale, orthogonality, and trapezoidal variations over the wafer containing the links to be processed.
Given the variations in the received beam at the target location, concerns arise that process variations may affect layer optical properties near the target structure. Furthermore, in practice, variations occur in the thickness and reflectivity of the target and layers, either over a wafer to be processed or from batch-to-batch. Measurement of the thickness and reflectivity is useful for process monitoring, and can also be used to determine adjustments for the laser power and wavelength to increase the energy window. For instance, any variation in the reflectivity of the link can affect the energy required for processing. A preferred method and system for adaptive energy control is also described hereinbelow.
As dimensions of links and other microscopic structures continue to rapidly shrink, those skilled in the art will appreciate the benefits of multi-parameter modeling. A model-based approach leads to selection and precision control of the spatial and temporal characteristics of the laser output, resulting in controlled three-dimensional interaction of the laser with complex multi-layer, multi-material structures.
Polarization Insensitive Detection and X. Y Reference Measurements
Commercial laser systems of the assignee of the present invention use a beamsplitter to pick off a portion of the reflected light from the work surface (e.g. , a multi-layer memory device) as the laser is relatively positioned 152 over the alignment targets (e.g. , fiducials). A block diagram of the subsystem is shown in Figure 10. The reflectance/transmission (R/T) split of the beamsplitter 150 depends on the laser that is being used. In cases where the laser has low total energy and as much transmission as needed is necessary, the split of 90% transmission and 10% reflectance is made. This gives 90% going to the work surface on the way in and the 10% reflected is dumped. But this only picks off 10% of the reflected light, 90% of the reflected light is transmitted back down the laser path. When possible, the split 70/30 is made. This gives less total energy to the work surface but gives higher reflected signal.
Regardless of the R/T split, the specification is the R/T for
S polarization = R/T for P polarization (within 5%). This is accomplished with a special dichroic coating, which produced good results. Because any polarization state can be thought of as a vector sum of S and P, the beamsplitter works at the correct R/T ratio for any polarization.
This is important because switching polarization to any desired state is done in the preferred link processing system to improve link cutting efficiency. For example, co-pending U.S. application Serial No. 01/013,956, filed 13 December 2001, a continuing application of U.S. Patent No. 6,181,728 (Reference 3) and assigned to the assignee of the present invention reports results wherein a process window improvement occurs with polarization perpendicular to the link, particularly as the spot size is reduced. The preferred polarization controller disclosed in the '728 patent is used to switch states.
The method and system of the present invention are advantageous when there are oxide layers over the targets to be scanned and measured. The oxide layer may affect the polarization of the beam. This may happen because the oxide layer is stressed and creates birefringence. With the polarization insensitive arrangement this is not a problem, no matter how the polarization is changed one gets the same reflectance from the beamsplitter and the same signal level. If a more typical polarizing beamsplitter or simpler coating is used for the beamsplitter, the changed polarization will result in a change in the reflected signal. If the stress in the oxide layer varies, especially where it is over the target microstructure (it may be stressed because it is going over a target edge) then the polarization may vary as the beam scans the target. Again, this is not a problem because of the coating. In the polarizing beamsplitter case the reflected signal 151 measured at the detector would vary because the polarization is varying at the same time that one is trying to gather edge data, skewing the results uncontrollably and unpredictably.
This polarization insensitive technique is regarded as the most robust method and is preferred for measuring targets covered by at least one oxide layer. However, other imaging and edge location methods may be used, but may require more complex measurement algorithms to accurately measure the targets in the presence of multiplicative image noise.
Measurement with Anomalous Reflectivity Variations Cleaning with a Pulsed Laser Beam
A typical alignment target 100 is depicted in the schematic drawings of Figures 14a and 14b. The target 100 is typically covered with one or more passivation layers, these may correspond to the layer 13 in Figures lb and lc, but are not so restricted. During experiments with link removal on a multi-level, the preferred polarization insensitive measurement method was used to obtain X,Y target locations. However, it was discovered that debris 1001 within the target area 100, possibly from residual solder flux from nearby solder deposits (solder balls), significantly affected the reflected signals obtained with a detector resulting in noisy profiles 101. The impact on the measurement was manifested as a large residual in the least squares fit algorithm used to estimate location. In this illustration, the target area is shown as a positive contrast (e.g. , higher measured intensity) region, but those skilled in the art will recognize that contrast reversal is acceptable provided that the contrast between the target 100 and the background is adequate for measurement. A pulsed beam with lower peak power was used to remove the debris. An enhanced exemplary signal profile 102 (e.g., associated with relatively uniform intensity and a mostly debris-fee region) was obtained as a result of the cleaning operation, as shown in Figure 14b. Representative energies for cleaning were on the order of .01 μj, for instance, .005 μj. This is well below the damage threshold of the materials, and well below the typical energies used for removal of links 12.
In one embodiment, a single linear scan or a plurality of linear scans 104 across the target 100 are used to obtain reflected intensity data which is analyzed statistically to measure fidelity, for instance by determining the % intensity variation or standard deviation. In an exemplary embodiment, data is taken along the line(s) 104 at about every .001". However, the sample space may be finer or coarser depending upon the signal fidelity obtained. If the spacing is too fine, additional "texture noise" may be introduced. If too coarse, an edge contrast 107 will be reduced or errors introduced by undersampling. If the variation is excessive, a cleaning operation is initiated with a pulsed beam. Preferably, the laser power is controlled with an acousto-optic modulator (i.e. , "energy control" of Figure 13) which is a standard part of the laser processing equipment. The operation of the modulator for intensity control and pulse selection within a link blowing system is described in more detail in U.S. Patent No. 5,998,759 (e.g. , Reference 4, col. 7, and the associated drawings). Those skilled in the art will recognize that such modulators provide for intensity control over a wide dynamic range, e.g. , 100: 1. A relatively simple user interface can provide for operator interaction to initiate operation, based on "pass/fail" or other criteria.
In another embodiment, the linear scan(s) may be done automatically and the cleaning operation performed at each measurement location.
In a preferred arrangement, only an adjustment of the energy will be needed, and other system parameters unaltered during the cleaning operation or as a result of cleaning. Those skilled in the art of measurement will be able to make various adjustments in the system parameters based on correlation of the results with other process parameters. In a preferred arrangement, the cleaning operation will be applied only to scanned regions as needed. In one arrangement, the process is iterative with a measurement goal of obtaining suitable residuals in the least squares fit algorithm. If the residuals are above a designated value, scans of at least one region are obtained and cleaning occurs. In some cases, it may be desirable to adjust the positions of the scan lines (e.g. , if cleaning is difficult). A fidelity measurement (e.g. , contrast, standard deviation) may be used to guide the cleaning operation. Preferably, no more than one pass will be required.
It is to be understood that numerous arrangements could be used to practice the cleaning invention. For instance, an array camera could be used with different wavelength illumination to identify regions of non-uniform intensity. These regions could then be designated for cleaning. Those skilled in the art of optical measurement will be able to implement such arrangements, and such arrangements are within the scope of the present invention.
Reflectivity Measurement and Power
Adjustment - Case 1: Single Wavelength
The above discussion related to a preferred measurement method and system for locating and measuring X,Y reference locations. An additional option to further improve the process energy window is measurement and control concept to adjust the laser energy and power as required by the material to be processed. If the reflectivity is high, then the energy is to be increased to compensate for these reflection losses. If the reflection is low, then the energy and power is to be decreased since more energy is being coupled into the workpiece or target microstructure. There are a number of ways that one can adjust this power and energy. The simplest is to measure the reflectance from the surface and adjust the energy and power control for optimum energy coupling.
Light interference between metal and oxide layers can greatly affect the reflection and hence the absoφtion in the metal links (see Figures 11 and 12). Even though the process engineer tries to optimize the absoφtion in the link by designing the best oxide thickness, the necessary thickness tolerance is difficult to control. Typically, the thickness of a layer may vary by 10% and there may be several layers of oxide between the top layer and the metal layer to be processed.
If the thickness and index refraction over the link could be determined, then the energy required to process the link could be calculated and adjusted accordingly. There are two methods of determining the optical constants of a film. These are ellipsometry and spectral analysis. Ellipsometry uses the change in polarization as a light beam either transmits or reflects from a surface. The amount of change in polarization determines the index of refraction of the material and thickness of the material that the light beam traverses. The spectrometric method measures the reflection from a surface at different wavelengths to determine the same optical constants. In commercial versions of the spectrometer, the reflected light is sensed at 256 different wavelengths and calculations made on thickness, index of refraction and extinction coefficient (absoφtivity) of the layers to very high accuracy.
Another method is to measure the reflectance at two different wavelengths and calculate the thickness of the oxide. If the index of refraction of the oxide used for the device could be measured, then the reflectance and hence the fraction of the laser radiation absorbed over the link can be calculated. Knowing this absoφtion, the optimum laser energy to remove the link can be programmed into the laser system. This second method is more accurate for thin film trimming where the material to be trimmed is thin and some of the energy is transmitted through the film.
The implementation of the thickness measurement and energy control is as shown in Figure 13. The laser 160 used to remove the link provides one of the laser wavelengths for the thickness measurement. The energy delivered to the part is controlled by an acousto-optical modulator (i.e. , "energy control") 161 as shown in Figure 13 and is reduced to a level to measure the reflectance without damaging the part. The other wavelength to measure the reflectivity can be provided by a red laser diode (i.e. , 670 nm diode) 162 added into the optical path as shown. Beamsplitters 166,161 (e.g. , dichroic mirrors) are generally used to transmit the two wavelengths to the device surface and to direct the reflected beams to the photodiode detectors 164, 165. The reflectance can be monitored by the two photodiodes 164, 165 as shown in Figure 13. From the reflectance intensity of the two photodiodes (i.e. , the 670 nm diode and 1047 nm detectors) and knowing the index of refraction of the oxide layers, the thickness of the oxide is uniquely determined. Once the thickness and the index of refraction is known, then the absoφtion in the link material can be calculated and the optimum energy programmed into the acousto-optic energy control device by the computer.
For the highest accuracy, the size of the spot and the link dimensions can be used in the calculation. Referring to Figures 4a and 4b, one sees that there is some energy that will fall off the link and therefore the difference in the reflected light that does not fall on the link has to be calculated. Hence, two measurements have to be made to accommodate for the reflected energy that is not covered by the link. These measurements can be made on each die if required and the energy per pulse can be varied as the thickness of the oxide varies across the wafer. Alternatively, the method could be selectively applied on a wafer-by-wafer basis for process monitoring, for instance. This technique will reduce the requirement to use a laser processing energy that is on the high side to account for the variations in absoφtion in the link due to interference effects.
Reflectivity Measurement and Power Adjustment Case 2: Tunable or Adjustable Wavelength
The process energy window may be improved in certain cases by adjusting the wavelength over a range wherein the coupling of energy to the target is improved, the stack reflectance is increased by way of the interference effect, or where the substrate reflectivity increases. Special solid state tunable lasers - Optical Parametric Oscillators (OPO), Raman, or other tunable lasers may be used provided that power and repetition rate requirements are met for a given application. For example, parametric oscillators may be used which are of fixed wavelengths, that use 2 or 3 crystals at the same time. Under certain circumstances, tunable lasers are operable. Published U.S. patent application 2001-0036206 describes a tunable laser diode having a 40 nm range developed for the telecommunications industry (i.e. 1.55 μm wavelength). Standard OPO lasers provide for high power and narrow pulses but generally a very slow rep rate, but may be suitable for certain applications. However, 10 KHz versions have been demonstrated and proposed for 20 KHz repetition rates. U.S. Patent Nos. 6,334,011 and 5,998,759 (Reference 4), and U.S. Patent No. 6,340,806 (Reference 6) disclose various combinations of shifters. As disclosed in the '759 patent, Fosterite lasers have a tunable region that essentially straddles the absoφtion edge region of silicon, and can permit operation both beyond and below the absoφtion edge of silicon. At the present state of the art, they do not appear to be as efficient as they may become in time. As materials and improvements are being continually developed in the laser field, it is within the invention to use such devices and obtain corresponding benefits for processing. For instance, the multilayer thickness and reflectivity measurements may be extended to select a wavelength range which will provide for an improved energy window.
Application to a Cu Link with a Single Layer Between the Substrate and the Link
It should be noted that the above teachings can also be selectively applied to conventional link structures (see Figure 2-B), for instance processing of high reflectivity copper links separated from the substrate by a single layer dielectric layer. Production trends are pushing away from poly silicon structures and toward metal structures of Al and Cu, which poses on-going challenges for link processing systems to avoid reliability problems and to increase yield. As discussed above, many Cu-based devices have a multi-layer stack wherein substrate and stack damage can be avoided with wavelength selection, spatial beam shaping, or temporal shaping in accordance with the above teachings. However, some manufacturers etch all the dielectrics under the copper link and build the fuse on a single layer dielectric, with no SiN layers between the link and substrate. With conventional laser processing, the likelihood of substrate damages increases due to the high power required for Cu processing. In certain cases processing with multiple pulses ("double blast") has been used to process metal fuses. However, there is generally a throughput problem for the double blast approach because two passes are required in present on-line memory processing systems. Simulated results and experiments indicate a second blast may open the link completely even if 1st blast failed, despite extended time between first and second blasts. In specific cases improved yield was reported. According to the simulation results, double blast with 50% energy of a single blast energy was very interesting; it was observed that the Si substrate acts as a heat sink and cools down very fast. As shown in Figure 16, the results indicated only 10 to 20 ns are needed for the Si substrate 201 to stabilize to room temperature. The copper target 202 recovery was much slower indicating a significant differential thermal property. The second pulse will also clear debris at cut site resulting in an "open circuit". It is estimated that about 60-70% of the energy used in a "single blast" is needed for each pulse of "double blast." The pulse energy may be varied with each pulse. In this example, the pulse delay was 50 ns, but it is clear that a much shorter delay may be possible.
In one embodiment, a delay line arrangement of Figure 15a may be used to avoid any delay in throughput. For example, with a preferred positioning system of the '118 patent (i.e. , Reference 2) assume about 150mm/sec for fine stage speed movement. With 30 ns between two pulses, the change in beam position at the link location would be only 0.0045 um which is negligible. In an optical delay line (Figures 15b and 15c, for instance), 9 meters of extended path in air for the beam will delay 30 ns for the second pulse. Alternatively, as shown in Figure 15a, a second laser could be used with a 30 ns or other controllable delay between the trigger pulses, and the trigger delay may be generated with a programmable digital delay line. The temporal pulse shape may be a fast rising, square pulse (as was used in the simulation) generated with a seed laser diode, for instance.
Numerous options for generating the pulse combinations may be implemented based on the teachings herein. For example, at least one pulse may have a duration of greater than a few picoseconds to several nanoseconds. The pulses may be amplified mode locked pulses. At least one pulse may generated with a q-switched microlaser having a pulsewidth less than 5 nanoseconds. At least one pulse may propagate along a second optical path whereby the pulse delay is determined by a difference in optical path length as shown in Figures 15b, c. Multiple laser and/or amplifiers may be used as shown in Figure 15a.
As shown in Figure 18, the generated pulses 275 may have a repetition rate and a corresponding temporal spacing approximately equal to or shorter than a pre-determined delay (e.g. , 60 MHz mode locked system) and a modulator is used to select the at least second pulse irradiating the microstructure or groups of pulses 276. U.S. Patent 5,998,759 (e.g. , Reference 4, col. 7, and the associated drawings) teaches the use of a modulator to allow pulses to irradiate a link on demand. At very high speed repetition rates an electro-optic modulator is preferred.
Additional optics may be used to spatially shape at least one of the delayed pulses, prior to combining for instance. For instance, as shown in Figure 17, a first pulse 210 may be an elliptical or circular Gaussian spatial shape, or a top hat along the length of the link. The second pulse 212 may have a different aspect ratio, or may be a special form of a "cleaning pulse" wherein the central zone of the spot is attenuated with an apodizing filter or effectively removed with a central obscuration. In such a case, the energy will be concentrated at the link periphery to remove debris 211 around the link location resulting from processing with the first pulse, thereby completing the processing 213. (For clarity, this "on-the-fly" link site cleaning step is to be distinguished from the "cleaning for measurement" method described above). Reference 1 provides at least one example of beam shaping for link blowing applications, wherein a uniform distribution rather than Gaussian spot profile is disclosed.
In certain cases, the relative motion between the microstructure and the laser beam may be significant between the pulses, e.g. , greater than 25 % of the spot size. This may be the result of a slower repetition rate (with increased pulse energy), faster motion speed, a longer pre-determined delay, or decreased target area. For example, an ultrashort or other short pulse laser system with amplified pulses with output energy in the range of several microjoules-millijoules may have a 100 KHz - 10 MHz repetition rate whereas a system with 10-40 nanojoule output may have 50 MHz repetition rate. In the former case, a high speed, small angle beam deflector may be used to compensate for the motion and deflect a delayed pulse to substantially irradiate the first microstructure at the slower repetition rate during relative motion 258.
In one embodiment generally illustrated in Figure 19, the deflector would be operatively coupled to the relative positioning system controller 251 in a closed loop arrangement. The deflector is preferably solid state and may be a single axis acousto-optic device which has a very fast "retrace "/access time. Alternatively, a higher speed electro-optic deflector (e.g. , a gradient index reflector or possibly a digital light deflector) may be used. The time-bandwidth product (number of spots) can be traded for response time on an application basis. The deflector would preferably be used for intensity control and pulse gating/selection, as taught in Reference 4 (col. 7, and associated drawings). Alternatively, an electro-optic modulator may be used with a separate acousto-optic deflector operated in a "chiφ mode" 252 (e.g. , linear sweep as opposed to random access mode) and synchronized (triggered) 253 based on the positioning system coordinates 254. The positioning system coordinates are, in turn, related to the time at which the laser pulses are gated by the modulator to irradiate the same single microstructure 256 at times t t2, t3 corresponding to the selected pulses 259 during relative motion 258.
In yet another embodiment, a single laser pulse is used to blast up to two links at one time (e.g. , no, one or two links). Referring to Figure 20, two focused spots 306,307 are formed on two links by spatially splitting the single collimated laser beam 310 into two diverging collimated beams 309. The use of acousto-optic devices for spatially splitting beams in material processing applications is known in the art. For example, patent abstract JP 53152662 shows one arrangement for drilling microscopic holes using a multi-frequency deflector having selectable frequencies f,...fn. A laser 300 is pulsed at a predetermined repetition rate. The laser beam goes through relay optics 302 that forms an intermediate image of the laser beam waist into the acoustic optic modulator (AOM) aperture. The AOM 303, which operates in the Bragg regime, preferably is used to controllably generate the two slightly diverging collimated first order diffraction laser beams and control the energy in each beam. The AOM is driven by two frequencies, fj and f2 where f, = fo+Δf and f2 = fo-Δf where Δf is a small percentage of the original RF signal frequency f0. The angle between the two beams is approximately equal to the Bragg angle for f0 multiplied by 2(Δf/f0). The AOM controls the energy in each of the laser beams by modulating the signal amplitudes of two frequency components, ^ and f2, in the RF signal and making adjustments for beam cross-coupling.
After exiting the AOM, the beams go through the beam rotation control module 313 to rotate the beam 90 degrees on axis with links orientated in either the X or Y. In one embodiment, a prism is used for this rotation, though many rotation techniques are well known as described in the regular U.S. application noted in the Cross-Reference to Related Applications section.
Next, the beam goes through a set of optics to position the beam waist and set the beam size to be appropriate for the zoom optics and the objective lens 305. Note, the zoom optics also modify the angle between the two beams, therefore the angle between the two beams exiting the AOM has to be adjusted depending on the zoom setting to result in the desired spot separation at the focal plane. Next, the laser beams enter the objective lens 305 which provides a pair of focused spots 306, 307 on two links. The two spots are separated by a distance that is approximately equal to the focal length of the lens times the angle between the two beams. In one exemplary embodiment, a 80 MHz AOM center frequency with a sweep range of about 2.3 MHz (77.7 - 82.3 MHz) may be used to produce a spot size of about 1.8 μm on a pair of adjacent links spaced apart by about 3 μm. As mentioned earlier, these links may have a dimension on the order of a laser wavelength (e.g. , 1 micron) which, at very high speed operation, require the precision positions of the laser beam and microstructure. Summary of Some General Aspects of Invention
In summary, one aspect of the invention is a method of selective material processing of a microscopic target structure with a pulsed laser beam. The target structure is separated from a substrate by a plurality of layers which form a multi-layer stack. The target structure, layers, and substrate have dissimilar thermal and optical properties. The method includes generating a pulsed laser beam with an energy density; irradiating the target structure with at least one pulse. Undesirable changes to the stack structure and substrate are avoided by selection of at least one pulse characteristic.
A portion of the stack may be irradiated with the laser beam during the processing of the target structure, yet undesirable damage to the layers, substrate, and functional circuitry in a plane of the inner layers is avoided.
Undesirable damage of the stack structure includes cracking, induced by thermal stress, of inner dielectrics. Undesirable damage to inner layer conductors of the stack includes thermal damage caused by irradiation. Undesirable damage to the substrate may arise from laser irradiation and resulting thermal diffusion.
The dielectric layers may include Silicon Nitride or Silicon Dioxide. The substrate may be Silicon.
The target structure is preferably copper, and may have thickness or width below one micron, with a dimension at or below wavelengths of visible light. Alternatively, the target structure may be a metal link, for instance aluminum, titanium, platinum, or gold.
An aspect of the invention is selection or control of the spatial and temporal beam characteristics of the pulse, which allows the target structure to be cleanly processed while avoiding undesirable damage to the layers, substrate, and functional circuitry in a plane of the inner layers. A temporal characteristic of the pulse is the pulse shape. The pulse shape includes a rise time fast enough to efficiently couple laser energy into the target, a duration sufficient to cleanly remove a portion of the target structure, and a fall time fast enough to avoid undesirable damage caused by subsequent optical transmission. A preferred pulse rise time for link processing is less than 1 nanosecond (ns) to about 2 ns. A preferred duration is less than 10 ns. A fall time of less than 3 ns is preferred. The pulse shape may be substantially square, with ringing or variation between the rising and falling edges of about +-10% . A single pulse or multiple pulses in the form of a rapid burst may be used. Alternatively, a series of q-switched pulses spaced apart in time, with varying output power if desired, may be combined to form a pulse shape having a fast leading edge with high peak power, followed by a second pulse with lower power. In yet another embodiment of the present invention the q-switched pulses may have approximately the same output power and combined to produce a substantially square pulse shape.
Another temporal pulse characteristic is the pulse power at the leading edge. If the irradiance on the target structure is greater than about 109 W/cm2, the reflectivity of the target structure is reduced and coupling of the laser energy is improved.
A fast rising pulse characteristic avoids undesirable damage of a dielectric stack of a memory device having a metal target structure. Cracking of the upper corner occurs during the pulse duration which lowers the stress on the lower corner adjacent to underlying layers of the stack.
A spatial characteristic of the beam is the irradiance profile at a controlled beam waist position. The irradiance profile may approximate a circular Gaussian beam, an elliptical Gaussian beam, a rectangular profile in one direction and Gaussian in the orthogonal direction. The beam may be nearly diffraction limited. A spatial shape and beam numerical aperture may be selected to control the interaction of the pulsed laser beam with the target and underlying structures of the 3D device structure to avoid undesirable damage. The material interaction may further be controlled by precision positioning of the beam waist of the pulsed laser beam. The numerical aperture and beam shape may be selected so the spot size and link size are substantially matched in at least one dimension.
One aspect of the invention is a method of selection of a pulse characteristic based on a model of pulse interaction within a portion of the three-dimensional device structure. The three-dimensional device includes a target structure, stack, and substrate with a dissimilar optical property. A series of structures are disposed at a predetermined spacing to form an array, with at least one structure not designated as a target structure. A specification may further include information regarding the material and spacing of functional circuit elements in a plane of the stack. The method includes determining the optical propagation characteristics of a portion of an incident pulsed laser beam which is not absorbed by the target structure. The method further includes specifying a laser pulse characteristic to avoid undesirable damage to any non-target structures, stack, and substrate.
The interactions mechanisms which result in selection of a pulse characteristic include reflection from the target surface, layer surface and internal reflections, polarization, interference effects, near field diffraction, scattering and absoφtion or a combination thereof. A thermal model may be used in conjunction with an optical model.
The energy in a pulse used for processing a copper link target structure of a semiconductor memory device may be in the range of about .1-5 microjoules. The energy density corresponds to an area of the irradiance profile of the beam waist. The area may be in the range of less than 20 square microns, and preferably less than 10 square microns.
Another controllable laser pulse characteristic is polarization. The polarization may be controlled or selected based on the relative reflectance of the layers and optical coupling of laser energy into the target structure at a wavelength. A wavelength of the laser pulse may be selected based on the reflectance of the multi-layer stack (interference effect). The preferred wavelength corresponds to a spectral region where the stack reflection is substantial, for example 60% , and where the internal transmission of within a layer of the stack is high, approaching a maximum. Short wavelengths are preferred for maximum control of the spatial characteristics of the beam (for example, the smallest achievable beam waist with an option for controllably selecting a larger beam waist and depth of focus). The laser wavelength may be fixed, or may be varied with wavelength shifting or harmonic generation. A measurement of the thickness or reflectance may be used to select or adjust the wavelength.
In at least one embodiment, the target structure may be substantially reflective at the laser wavelength. The laser wavelength may be below the absoφtion edge of the substrate and correspond to an absorbing or reflecting region.
The laser wavelength is above the absoφtion edge of the dielectrics layers of the stack, and corresponds to a substantially maximum transmitting region.
A selected wavelength corresponds to the near UV, visible and near IR spectrum, from below .4 μm to about 1.55 μm. The lower limit may be determined by the absoφtion of a layer. With silicon substrates, both absoφtion and reflection increase at shorter wavelengths. For Silicon Dioxide and Silicon Nitride, the internal transmission and single surface reflectance are substantially constant throughout the visible and near IR ranges. The upper limit corresponds to a range of preferred laser wavelengths of laser diodes, optical amplifiers. An amplifier output may be either wavelength preserved or Raman shifted.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of selective material processing of a microscopic target structure of a multi-material, multi-layer device with a pulsed laser beam. The target structure, layers, and substrate have a dissimilar thermal and optical property. The beam has a focused beam waist with a centerline. An alignment pattern is included at one of a plurality of predetermined measurement locations associated with the device. The alignment pattern is covered by at least one layer. The target structure is separated from a substrate by a plurality of layers which form a multi-layer stack. The method includes measuring the position of the alignment target in at least one dimension; predicting the relative location of the target structure and centerline based on the measurement; inducing relative motion between the target structure and the centerline based on the measurement; generating a pulsed laser beam with an energy density; irradiating the target structure with at least one pulse. Undesirable changes to the stack structure and substrate are avoided with by selection of a pulse characteristic.
The measurement of a position may include a method and system for polarization insensitive detection to avoid spurious measurements resulting from reflected signal variations. The signal variations may result from process induced optical characteristics, including birefringence.
The relative location of the target structure, beam waist, and centerline may be predicted based on multi-parameter least squares fit.
A cleaning process may be used to enhance data used for measurement by removing contaminants which produce multiplicative variations (reflection noise).
Three-dimensional (depth) measurements may be done using the alignment target, wafer, or other suitable material. The measurement may be used to predict the relative location of the target structure relative to the beam waist, the beam waist being located along the centerline of the pulsed laser beam. A surface may be estimated from the three-dimensional measurements. A numerical offset may be introduced to compensate for a depth difference between a measurement location and the target structure, based on the thickness of the stack.
An aspect of the invention includes measurement of the layer thickness or reflectivity at a location, and use of the measurement to control a pulse characteristic. The pulse characteristic may be the pulse energy, pulse width, or wavelength. The location may be a single location on the device or a plurality of locations. While the best modes for carrying out the invention have been described in detail, those familiar with the art to which this invention relates will recognize various alternative designs and embodiments for practicing the invention as defined by the following claims.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A method of laser processing a multi-level, multi-material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate, the method comprising: a) generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and including at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic comprising at least one of a temporal shape and spatial shape; b) relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location wherein the position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist; and c) irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time wherein the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide, wherein the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure and wherein an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided.
2. The method of claim 1 wherein the multi-level device is a damascene semiconductor memory.
3. The method of claim 1 wherein the predetermined characteristic is a pulse rise time less than 2 nanoseconds.
4. The method of claim 3 wherein the rise time is less than 1 nanosecond.
5. The method of claim 1 wherein the predetermined characteristic is a substantially square pulse having a duration of less than about 10 nanoseconds and a rise time less than about 2 nanoseconds.
6. The method of claim 1 wherein the predetermined characteristic is based on a model of laser pulse interactions with materials of the multi-level, multi-material device.
7. The method of claim 3 wherein the stack has at least one outer dielectric layer covering the microstructure, and wherein the rise time initiates cracking of the at least one outer layer and avoids damage of the inner layers of the stack.
8. The method of claim 1 wherein the inner layers include at least 2 pairs of dielectric layers.
9. The method of claim 8 wherein the inner layers include at least 4 pairs of dielectric layers.
10. The method of claim 1 wherein pulse energy density at the substrate is less than a damage threshold of the substrate and wherein the maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure is greater than the damage threshold of the substrate.
11. The method of claim 1 wherein the predetermined characteristic is 3D irradiance profile having a beam waist, WyO, which approximates a narrow microstructure dimension, the irradiance profile being characterized by a relative reduction in energy density at the inner layers and the substrate caused by beam divergence, whereby the energy density at the substrate is substantially reduced by at least the beam divergence and inner layer reflections.
12. The method of claim 1 wherein the substrate is a silicon substrate.
13. The method of claim 1 wherein the substrate is a silicon substrate and the predetermined wavelength is about 1.064 μm.
14. The method of claim 6 wherein the predetermined wavelength is below an absoφtion edge of the substrate and pulse energy density at the substrate is reduced by at least one of a plurality of predetermined factors of the model including: (a) beam divergence; (b) stack surface reflection; (c) beam diffraction; (d) stack multiple scattering; (e) internal stack reflection; (f) multi-layer interference; and (g) non-linear absoφtion within the microstructure.
15. The method of claim 1 wherein peak pulse energy density at the substrate is less than about 1/10 of the maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure.
16. The method of claim 8 wherein the dielectric layers comprise silicon nitride and silicon dioxide.
17. The method of claim 1 wherein the predetermined characteristic is based on a physical property of a material of the multi-material device.
18. The method of claim 1 wherein the predetermined wavelength is less than 1.2 μm.
19. The method of claim 18 wherein the predetermined wavelength is less than an absoφtion edge of the substrate.
20. The method of claim 1 wherein the predetermined characteristic comprises a non-circular spatial profile based on a preselected numerical aperture and shape of a spot wherein the spot and the microstructure are substantially correlated in at least one dimension, whereby a fraction of laser energy delivered to the microstructure is increased and irradiance of the stack and the substrate with the at least one laser pulse is decreased.
21. The method of claim 1 wherein a plurality of closely-spaced pulses irradiate the microstructure during the step of relatively positioning.
22. The method of claim 21 wherein the pulses have a duration in the range of a few picoseconds to several nanoseconds.
23. The method of claim 21 wherein at least one of the pulses is delayed by a delay line and wherein spacing between the pulses is in the range of about 20 - 30 nanoseconds.
24. The method of claim 21 wherein pulse energy of the pulses is about 50% to 70% of pulse energy used for processing the microstructure with a single laser pulse.
25. The method of claim 1 wherein the device includes a plurality of microstructures to be processed and wherein the method further comprises repeating steps a), b) and c) until all of the microstructures are processed.
26. The method of claim 1 wherein pulse energy density at the microstructure is in the range of about .1 - 5 μjoules over an area of less than about 10 - 20 square microns on the microstructure.
27. The method of claim 26 wherein the range is about .1 - 3 μjoules.
28. The method of claim 1 wherein the step of generating includes the step of shifting a first wavelength of the laser beam to the predetermined wavelength, wherein pulse energy is coupled into the microstructure more efficiently at the predetermined wavelength than at the first wavelength while avoiding damage to the inner layers and stack.
29. The method of claim 1 wherein the predetermined wavelength is within a spectral region wherein stack intensity reflection is substantially increased when compared to at least one other wavelength.
30. The method of claim 29 wherein the stack intensity reflection exceeds about 60% .
31. The method of claim 30 wherein the stack intensity reflection exceeds about 90%.
32. The method of claim 29 wherein the predetermined wavelength is less than the absoφtion edge of the substrate.
33. The method of claim 1 further comprising: (1) obtaining information identifying microstructures designated for removal; (2) measuring a first set of reference locations to obtain three-dimensional reference data; (3) generating a trajectory based on at least the three-dimensional reference data to predict a plurality of beam waist and microstructure locations; (4) updating the prediction during the step of relatively positioning based on updated position information, the updated position information being obtained during the step of relatively positioning.
34. The method of claim 33 wherein the updated position information obtained during the step of relatively positioning includes data from a position encoder.
35. The method of claim 33 wherein the updated position information obtained during the step of relatively positioning includes data from an optical sensor.
36. The method of claim 1 wherein the reference location is an alignment target of the multi-material device, the alignment target being covered by at least one upper layer of the stack.
37. The method of claim 1 wherein the predetermined characteristic is irradiance profile at the beam waist.
38. The method of claim 37 wherein the irradiance profile approximates a dimension of the microstructure such that a significant percent of laser energy is coupled to the microstructure and background irradiance is reduced.
39. The method of claim 38 wherein the dimension of the microstructure is less than 1 μm.
40. The method of claim 38 wherein the percent is at least 60% .
41. The method of claim 37 wherein the irradiance profile is an elliptical Gaussian.
42. The method of claim 37 wherein the irradiance profile is a top hat along a length of the microstructure and substantially Gaussian along a width of the microstructure.
43. The method of claim 37 wherein the irradiance profile is substantially diffraction limited with an M-squared factor of less than about 1.1.
44. The method of claim 1 wherein the microstructure is a metal link.
45. The method of claim 44 wherein the metal link has a first dimension of less than 1 μm and wherein the predetermined characteristic is a laser spot size less than about 1.5 μm in the first dimension.
46. The method of claim 1 wherein the substrate is a silicon substrate and wherein pulse energy density at the substrate is less than about 1/100 the pulse energy density at the microstructure.
47. A system of laser processing a multi-level, multi-material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate, the system comprising: means for generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and including at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic comprising at least one of a temporal shape and spatial shape; means for relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location wherein the position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist; and means for irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time wherein the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide, wherein the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure and wherein an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided.
48. The system of claim 47 wherein the multi- level device is a damascene semiconductor memory.
49. The system of claim 47 wherein the predetermined characteristic is a pulse rise time less than 2 nanoseconds.
50. The system of claim 49 wherein the rise time is less than 1 nanosecond.
51. The system of claim 47 wherein the predetermined characteristic is a substantially square pulse having a duration of less than about 10 nanoseconds and a rise time less than about 2 nanoseconds.
52. The system of claim 47 wherein the predetermined characteristic is based on a model of laser pulse interactions with materials of the multi-level, multi-material device.
53. The system of claim 49 wherein the stack has at least one dielectric outer layer covering the microstructure, and wherein the rise time initiates cracking of the at least one outer layer and avoids damage of the inner layers of the stack.
54. The system of claim 47 wherein the inner layers include at least 2 pairs of dielectric layers.
55. The system of claim 54 wherein the inner layers include at least 4 pairs of dielectric layers.
56. The system of claim 47 wherein pulse energy density at the substrate is less than a damage threshold of the substrate and wherein the maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure is greater than the damage threshold of the substrate.
57. The system of claim 47 wherein the predetermined characteristic is 3D irradiance profile having a beam waist, WyO, which approximates a narrow microstructure dimension, the irradiance profile being characterized by a relative reduction in energy density at the inner layers and the substrate caused by beam divergence, whereby the energy density at the substrate is substantially reduced by at least the beam divergence and inner layer reflections.
58. The system of claim 47 wherein the substrate is a silicon substrate.
59. The system of claim 47 wherein the substrate is a silicon substrate and the predetermined wavelength is about 1.064 μm.
60. The system of claim 52 wherein the predetermined wavelength is below an absoφtion edge of the substrate and pulse energy density at the substrate is reduced by at least one of a plurality of predetermined factors of the model including: (a) beam divergence; (b) stack surface reflection; (c) beam diffraction; (d) stack multiple scattering; (e) internal stack reflection; (f) multi-layer interference; and (g) non-linear absoφtion within the microstructure.
61. The system of claim 47 wherein peak pulse energy density at the substrate is less than about 1/10 of the maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure.
62. The system of claim 54 wherein the dielectric layers comprise silicon nitride and silicon dioxide.
63. The system of claim 47 wherein the predetermined characteristic is based on a physical property of a material of the multi-material device.
64. The system of claim 47 wherein the predetermined wavelength is less than 1.2 μm.
65. The system of claim 64 wherein the predetermined wavelength is less than an absoφtion edge of the substrate.
66. The system of claim 47 wherein the predetermined characteristic comprises a non-circular spatial profile based on a preselected numerical aperture and shape of a spot wherein the spot and the microstructure are substantially correlated in at least one dimension, whereby a fraction of laser energy delivered to the microstructure is increased and irradiance of the stack and the substrate with the at least one laser pulse is decreased.
67. The system of claim 47 wherein a plurality of closely-spaced pulses irradiate the microstructure by the means for irradiating.
68. The system of claim 67 wherein the pulses have a duration in the range of a few picoseconds to several nanoseconds.
69. The system of claim 67 wherein at least one of the pulses is delayed by a delay line and wherein spacing between the pulses is in the range of about 20 - 30 nanoseconds.
70. The system of claim 67 wherein pulse energy of the pulses is about 50 % to 70 % of pulse energy used for processing the microstructure with a single laser pulse.
71. The system of claim 47 wherein the device includes a plurality of microstructures to be processed by the system.
72. The system of claim 47 wherein pulse energy density at the microstructure is in the range of about .1 - 5 μjoules over an area of less than about
10 - 20 square microns on the microstructure.
73. The system of claim 72 wherein the range is about .1 - 3 μjoules.
74. The system of claim 47 wherein the means for generating includes means for shifting a first wavelength of the laser beam to the predetermined wavelength, wherein pulse energy is coupled into the microstructure more efficiently at the predetermined wavelength than at the first wavelength while avoiding damage to the inner layers and stack.
75. The system of claim 47 wherein the predetermined wavelength is within a spectral region wherein stack intensity reflection is substantially increased when compared to at least one other wavelength.
76. The system of claim 75 wherein the stack intensity reflection exceeds about 60% .
77. The system of claim 76 wherein the stack intensity reflection exceeds about 90% .
78. The system of claim 75 wherein the predetermined wavelength is less than the absoφtion edge of the substrate.
79. The system of claim 47 further comprising:
(1) means for obtaining information identifying microstructures designated for removal; (2) means for measuring a first set of reference locations to obtain three-dimensional reference data; (3) means for generating a trajectory based on at least the three-dimensional reference data to predict a plurality of beam waist and microstructure locations; (4) means for updating the prediction based on updated position information.
80. The system of claim 79 wherein the updated position information includes data from a position encoder.
81. The system of claim 79 wherein the updated position information includes data from an optical sensor.
82. The system of claim 47 wherein the reference location is an alignment target of the multi-material device, the alignment target being covered by at least one upper layer of the stack.
83. The system of claim 47 wherein the predetermined characteristic is irradiance profile at the beam waist.
84. The system of claim 83 wherein the irradiance profile approximates a dimension of the microstructure such that a significant percent of laser energy is coupled to the microstructure and background irradiance is reduced.
85. The system of claim 84 wherein the dimension of the microstructure is less than 1 μm.
86. The system of claim 84 wherein the percent is at least 60% .
87. The system of claim 83 wherein the irradiance profile is an elliptical Gaussian.
88. The system of claim 83 wherein the irradiance profile is a top hat along a length of the microstructure and substantially Gaussian along a width of the microstructure.
89. The system of claim 83 wherein the irradiance profile is substantially diffraction limited with an M-squared factor of less than about 1.1.
90. The system of claim 47 wherein the microstructure is a metal link.
91. The system of claim 90 wherein the metal link has a first dimension of less than 1 μm and wherein the predetermined characteristic is a laser spot size less than about 1.5 μm in the first dimension.
92. The system of claim 47 wherein the substrate is a silicon substrate and wherein pulse energy density at the substrate is less than about 1/100 the pulse energy density at the microstructure.
93. A method of laser processing a multi-level, multi-material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner dielectric layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate, the method comprising: generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and including at least one laser pulse wherein at least reflections of the laser beam by the layers of the stack substantially reduce pulse energy density at the substrate relative to at least one other wavelength; and processing the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse wherein pulse energy density at the microstructure is sufficient to remove the microstructure while avoiding damage to the substrate and the inner layers of the stack.
94. The method of claim 93 wherein the predetermined wavelength is less than an absoφtion edge of the substrate.
95. The method of claim 93 wherein the predetermined wavelength is in the range of about .4 μm - 1.55 μm.
96. The method of claim 93 wherein the predetermined wavelength is in the range of about .35 μm - 1.55 μm.
97. The method of claim 93 wherein the predetermined wavelength is less than 1.2 μm.
98. The method of claim 93 wherein the substrate is a silicon substrate and the microstructure is a metal microstructure.
99. The method of claim 98 wherein the metal of the microstructure comprises copper.
100. The method of claim 93 wherein pulse energy density at the substrate is further reduced with a predetermined characteristic of the at least one pulse.
101. The method of claim 100 wherein the predetermined characteristic is based on a model of laser pulse material interaction.
102. The method of claim 101 wherein the model is a thermal model.
103. The method of claim 101 wherein the model is a multi- parameter model.
104. The method of claim 93 wherein the step of generating includes the step of shifting the wavelength of the laser beam from a first wavelength to the predetermined wavelength wherein the predetermined wavelength is based on material characteristics comprising at least one of: (1) coupling characteristics of the microstructure, (2) multi-layer interference, and (3) substrate reflectivity.
105. The method of claim 104 wherein the predetermined wavelength is a shifted wavelength below an absoφtion edge of the substrate.
106. A system of laser processing a multi-level, multi-material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner dielectric layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate, the system comprising: means for generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and including at least one laser pulse wherein at least reflections of the laser beam by the layers of the stack substantially reduce pulse energy density at the substrate relative to at least one other wavelength beyond the absoφtion edge; and means for processing the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse wherein pulse energy density at the microstructure is sufficient to remove the microstructure while avoiding damage to the substrate and the inner layers of the stack.
107. The system of claim 106 wherein the predetermined wavelength is less than an absoφtion edge of the substrate.
108. The system of claim 106 wherein the predetermined wavelength is in the range of about .4 μm - 1.55 μm.
109. The system of claim 106 wherein the predetermined wavelength is in the range of about .35 μm - 1.55 μm.
110. The system of claim 106 wherein the predetermined wavelength is less than 1.2 μm.
111. The system of claim 106 wherein the substrate is a silicon substrate and the microstructure is a metal microstructure.
112. The system of claim 111 wherein the metal of the microstructure comprises copper.
113. The system of claim 106 wherein pulse energy density at the substrate is further reduced with a predetermined characteristic of the at least one pulse.
114. The system of claim 113 wherein the predetermined characteristic is based on a model of laser pulse material interaction.
115. The system of claim 114 wherein the model is a thermal model.
116. The system of claim 114 wherein the model is a multi- parameter model.
117. The system of claim 106 wherein the means for generating includes means for shifting the wavelength of the laser beam from a first wavelength to the predetermined wavelength wherein the predetermined wavelength is based on material characteristics comprising at least one of: (1) coupling characteristics of the microstructure, (2) multi-layer interference, and (3) substrate reflectivity.
118. The system of claim 117 wherein the predetermined wavelength is a shifted wavelength below an absoφtion edge of the substrate.
119. A method for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate, the method comprising: providing information regarding material of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate; determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information; and determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse based on the optical propagation characteristics.
120. The method of claim 119 wherein the information also regards spacing of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate.
121. A system for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate, the system comprising: means for providing information regarding material of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate; means for determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information; and means for determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse based on the optical propagation characteristics.
122. The system of claim 121 wherein the information also regards spacing of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate.
123. A method for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate, the method comprising: providing information regarding material and spacing of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate; determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information; and determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse which avoids undesirable changes in electrical or physical characteristics of the substrate and the other structures based on the optical propagation characteristics.
124. The method as claimed in claim 123 wherein the interactions are selected from a group comprising: reflections from at least one surface of the structures, internal reflections, polarization, interference effects, near field diffraction, scattering and absoφtion.
125. The method as claimed in claim 123 wherein the step of determining optical propagation characteristics includes correlating irradiance of a structure neighboring the predetermined microstructure with a laser spot dimension.
126. A system for modeling interactions of a pulsed laser beam including at least one laser pulse with a three-dimensional device including a substrate, a predetermined microstructure formed on the substrate and a plurality of other structures formed on the substrate, the system comprising: means for providing information regarding material and spacing of the structures including the predetermined microstructure and the substrate; means for determining optical propagation characteristics of at least a portion of the laser beam not absorbed by the predetermined microstructure based on the information; and means for determining at least one characteristic of the at least one pulse which avoids undesirable changes in electrical or physical characteristics of the substrate and the other structures based on the optical propagation characteristics.
127. The system as claimed in claim 126 wherein the interactions are selected from a group comprising: reflections from at least one surface of the structures, internal reflections, polarization, interference effects, near field diffraction, scattering and absoφtion.
128. The system as claimed in claim 126 wherein the means for determining optical propagation characteristics includes means for correlating irradiance of a structure neighboring the predetermined microstructure with a laser spot dimension.
129. A method of laser processing a multi-level, multi-material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate, the method comprising: generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and including at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic wherein: a) the predetermined wavelength is below an absoφtion edge of the substrate; and b) wherein the at least one pulse has duration less than about 10 nanoseconds, and a repetition rate of 10 KHz or higher; relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location wherein the position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist; and irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time wherein the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide, wherein the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure and wherein an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided.
130. The method of claim 129 wherein the predetermined characteristic includes a q-switched pulse shape.
131. The method of claim 130 wherein the q-switched pulse shape is generated with a microlaser.
132. The method of claim 129 wherein the pulse duration of the at least one laser pulse is in the range of 1-5 nanoseconds.
133. The method of claim 129 wherein a plurality of pulses are generated and delayed by a predetermined delay based upon a physical property of a material of the multi-material device.
134. The method of claim 130 wherein the predetermined wavelength is about 1.064 microns.
135. A system of laser processing a multi-level, multi-material device including a substrate, a microstructure and a multi-layer stack, the stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate, the system comprising: means for generating a pulsed laser beam having a predetermined wavelength and including at least one laser pulse having a predetermined characteristic wherein: a) the predetermined wavelength is below an absoφtion edge of the substrate; and b) wherein the at least one pulse has duration less than about 10 nanoseconds, and a repetition rate of 10 KHz or higher; means for relatively positioning the microstructure and a waist of the laser beam in three-dimensional space based on at least a position measurement obtained at a reference location wherein the position measurement is used to obtain a prediction of a common location of the microstructure and the beam waist; and means for irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse based on the predicted common location at a time wherein the beam waist and the microstructure substantially coincide, wherein the microstructure is cleanly removed with substantially maximum pulse energy density at the microstructure and wherein an undesirable change to the inner layers of the stack and substrate is avoided.
136. The system of claim 135 wherein the predetermined characteristic includes a q-switched pulse shape.
137. The system of claim 136 wherein the q-switched pulse shape is generated with a microlaser.
138. The system of claim 135 wherein the pulse duration of the at least one laser pulse is in the range of 1-5 nanoseconds.
139. The system of claim 135 wherein a plurality of pulses are generated and delayed by a predetermined delay based upon a physical property of a material of the multi-material device.
140. The system of claim 135 wherein the predetermined wavelength is about 1.064 microns.
141. A multi-level, multi-material device comprising: a substrate; a microstructure; a multi-layer stack having inner layers which separate the microstructure from the substrate, wherein at least one of the inner layers has a predetermined physical parameter based on interactions of a pulsed laser beam with the stack, the laser beam having a predetermined wavelength, wherein undesirable changes to the substrate and the inner layers of the stack are avoided during laser processing with the pulsed laser beam.
142. The device of claim 141 wherein the predetermined physical parameter include at least one of layer thickness, layer material, and index of refraction.
143. The device of claim 141 wherein the stack includes a quarter- wave stack of dielectric layers.
144. The device of claim 141 wherein the stack includes a precision spacer layer located between layers of the stack.
145. A method for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and at least one microstructure, the processing occurring with multiple pulses in a single pass operation controlled with a positioning subsystem of a thermal processing system, the positioning subsystem inducing relative motion between the device and laser beam waists, the processing to remove the at least one microstructure without damaging the substrate, the method comprising: generating a first pulse having a first predetermined characteristic; irradiating the at least one microstructure with the first pulse wherein a first beam waist associated with the first pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide, the step of irradiating at least initiating processing the at least one microstructure; generating a second pulse having a second predetermined characteristic, the second pulse being delayed a predetermined time relative to the first pulse; and irradiating the at least one microstructure with the second pulse wherein a second beam waist associated with the second pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide, the step of irradiating the at least one microstructure with the second pulse further processing the at least one microstructure wherein the processing of the at least one microstructure with the first and second pulses occurs during relative motion of the at least one microstructure and the beam waists in a single pass whereby throughput of the thermal processing system is substantially improved.
146. The method of claim 145 wherein the device is a semiconductor memory including a silicon substrate and wherein the at least one microstructure is a metal link of the semiconductor memory separated from the silicon substrate by at least one oxide layer.
147. The method of claim 145 wherein at least one of the pulses has a duration of greater than a few picoseconds to several nanoseconds.
148. The method of claim 145 wherein the pulses are generated by a mode-locked laser system and amplified with an optical amplifier.
149. The method of claim 145 wherein at least one of the pulses is generated by a q-switched microlaser having a pulsewidth less than 5 nanoseconds.
150. The method of claim 145 wherein the first and second pulses are propagated along different optical paths so that the second pulse is delayed for the predetermined time relative to the first pulse based on a difference in optical path length.
151. The method of claim 145 wherein the pulses have a temporal spacing less than or approximately equal to the predetermined time, and wherein the method further comprises selecting the second pulse to irradiate the at least one microstructure.
152. The method of claim 145 wherein the predetermined time is determined by a thermal property of the substrate wherein substrate temperature is substantially reduced after the predetermined time compared to the temperature of the substrate during the step of irradiating the at least one microstructure with the second pulse.
153. The method of claim 152 wherein the substrate temperature is substantially reduced to approximately room temperature.
154. The method of claim 145 wherein the first and second predetermined characteristics comprise a substantially square temporal pulse shape having a rise time of less than about 2 nanoseconds and a pulse duration of about 10 nanoseconds.
155. The method of claim 145 wherein the predetermined time is in the range of about 20 - 50 nanoseconds.
156. The method of claim 145 wherein the predetermined time is about 30 nanoseconds.
157. The method of claim 145 wherein two pulses are used to completely process the at least one microstructure, and wherein laser energy of each of the pulses is about 60 - 70% of laser energy required for laser processing the at least one microstructure with a single pulse.
158. The method of claim 145 wherein relative position change between the pulses at the at least one microstructure is less than about 10% of a dimension of the at least one microstructure to be processed.
159. The method of claim 145 wherein at least one of the first and second predetermined characteristics comprises a substantially square pulse.
160. The method of claim 145 wherein at least one of the predetermined characteristics comprises a non-circular spatial profile based on a selected numerical aperture and shape of a spot and wherein the spot and the at least one microstructure are substantially correlated in at least one dimension whereby percent of laser energy delivered to the at least one microstructure is increased and irradiance of the substrate is decreased.
161. The method of claim 145 wherein a spatial beam shape of the second pulse is in the form of a cleaning beam having an energy density lower than energy density of the first pulse.
162. The method of claim 161 wherein the cleaning beam has an attenuated central region and a higher energy outer region so as to remove debris surrounding a target site on the at least one microstructure.
163. The method of claim 145 wherein the steps of generating include directing a portion of a laser pulse through an optical subsystem having opposing, spaced-apart, corner cube reflectors and polarization rotators so as to align a pulsed laser beam, and to control delay and amplitude of the second pulse relative to the first pulse.
164. The method of claim 145 wherein the steps of generating include providing an optical subsystem having multiple lasers wherein delay between trigger pulses to the optical subsystem determines the predetermined time.
165. The method of claim 145 wherein a fiber optic delay line delays the second pulse for the predetermined time and wherein the predetermined time is about several nanoseconds.
166. The method of claim 145 wherein relative position change between the pulses at the at least one microstructure is either greater than about 10% of a dimension of the at least one microstructure to be processed or greater than about Vi of either of the beam waists and further including a high speed beam deflector operatively coupled to the positioning subsystem to compensate for relative motion between the pulses, wherein the second pulse is deflected by the deflector to also substantially irradiate the at least one microstructure with the second pulse.
167. The method of claim 145 wherein the predetermined time is in the range of about 10 ns to 10 μs.
168. The method of claim 166 wherein the beam deflector is a single axis acousto-optic device.
169. The method of claim 145 wherein the first and second predetermined characteristics are based on physical properties of the multi-material device.
170. The method of claim 145 wherein the first pulse irradiates a first portion of the at least one microstructure and the second pulse irradiates a second portion of the at least one microstructure and wherein relative position change between the first and second portions of the at least one microstructure is less than 1/4 of either of the beam waists.
171. The method of claim 164 wherein the step of providing also provides at least one optical amplifier optically coupled to at least one of the lasers.
172. The method of claim 145 wherein the at least one microstructure and the beam waists are relatively positioned during relative motion based upon three-dimensional information.
173. The method of claim 145 wherein the steps of generating includes generating a single pulse and forming the first and second pulses from the single pulse.
174. The method of claim 173 wherein the step of forming delays the second pulse for the predetermined time relative to the first pulse.
175. The method of claim 173 wherein the step of forming includes splitting the single pulse with a multi-frequency deflector to form the first and second pulses.
176. The method of claim 175 wherein first and second microstructures are irradiated by the first and second pulses, respectively.
177. A system for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and at least one microstructure, the processing occurring with multiple pulses in a single pass operation controlled with a positioning subsystem which induces relative motion between the device and laser beam waists, the processing to remove the at least one microstructure without damaging the substrate, the system comprising: means for generating a first pulse having a first predetermined characteristic; means for irradiating the at least one microstructure with the first pulse wherein a first beam waist associated with the first pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide, the first pulse at least initiating processing the at least one microstructure; means for generating a second pulse having a second predetermined characteristic, the second pulse being delayed a predetermined time relative to the first pulse; and means for irradiating the at least one microstructure with the second pulse wherein a second beam waist associated with the second pulse and the at least one microstructure substantially coincide, the second pulse further processing the at least one microstructure wherein the processing of the at least one microstructure with the first and second pulses occurs during relative motion of the at least one microstructure and the beam waists in a single pass whereby throughput of the system is substantially improved.
178. The system of claim 177 wherein the device is a semiconductor memory including a silicon substrate and wherein the at least one microstructure is a metal link of the semiconductor memory separated from the silicon substrate by at least one oxide layer.
179. The system of claim 177 wherein at least one of the pulses has a duration of greater than a few picoseconds to several nanoseconds.
180. The system of claim 177 wherein the means for generating includes a mode-locked laser system and further comprising an optical amplifier for amplifying the pulses.
181. The system of claim 177 wherein at least one of the means for generating includes a q-switched microlaser having a pulsewidth less than 5 nanoseconds.
182. The system of claim 177 wherein the first and second pulses are propagated along different optical paths so that the second pulse is delayed for the predetermined time relative to the first pulse based on a difference in optical path length.
183. The system of claim 177 wherein the pulses have a temporal spacing less than or approximately equal to the predetermined time, and wherein the system further comprises means for selecting the second pulse to irradiate the at least one microstructure.
184. The system of claim 177 wherein the predetermined time is determined by a thermal property of the substrate wherein substrate temperature is substantially reduced after the predetermined time compared to the temperature of the substrate during irradiation of the at least one microstructure with the second pulse.
185. The system of claim 184 wherein the substrate temperature is substantially reduced to approximately room temperature.
186. The system of claim 177 wherein the first and second predetermined characteristics comprise a substantially square temporal pulse shape having a rise time of less than about 2 nanoseconds and a pulse duration of about 10 nanoseconds.
187. The system of claim 177 wherein the predetermined time is in the range of about 20 - 50 nanoseconds.
188. The system of claim 177 wherein the predetermined time is about 30 nanoseconds.
189. The system of claim 177 wherein two pulses are used to completely process the at least one microstructure, and wherein laser energy of each of the pulses is about 60 - 70 % of laser energy required for laser processing the at least one microstructure with a single pulse.
190. The system of claim 177 wherein relative position change between the pulses at the at least one microstructure is less than about 10% of a dimension of the at least one microstructure to be processed.
191. The system of claim 177 wherein at least one of the first and second predetermined characteristics comprises a substantially square pulse.
192. The system of claim 177 wherein at least one of the predetermined characteristics comprises a non-circular spatial profile based on a selected numerical aperture and shape of a spot and wherein the spot and the at least one microstructure are substantially correlated in at least one dimension whereby percent of laser energy delivered to the at least one microstructure is increased and irradiance of the substrate is decreased.
193. The system of claim 192 wherein a spatial beam shape of the second pulse is in the form of a cleaning beam having an energy density lower than energy density of the first pulse.
194. The system of claim 193 wherein the cleaning beam has an attenuated central region and a higher energy outer region so as to remove debris surrounding a target site on the at least one microstructure.
195. The system of claim 177 wherein the means for generating the first and second pulses include an optical subsystem having opposing, spaced-apart, corner cube reflectors and polarization rotators so as to align a pulsed laser beam, and to control delay and amplitude of the second pulse relative to the first pulse.
196. The system of claim 177 wherein the means for generating the first and second pulses include an optical subsystem having multiple lasers wherein delay between trigger pulses to the optical subsystem determines the predetermined time.
197. The system of claim 177 fiirther comprising a fiber optic delay line to delay the second pulse for the predetermined time and wherein the predetermined time is about several nanoseconds.
198. The system of claim 177 wherein relative position change between the pulses at the at least one microstructure is either greater than about 10% of a dimension of the at least one microstructure to be processed or greater than about Vz of either of the beam waists and further including a high speed beam deflector operatively coupled to the positioning subsystem to compensate for relative motion between the pulses, wherein the second pulse is deflected by the deflector to also substantially irradiate the at least one microstructure with the second pulse.
199. The system of claim 177 wherein the predetermined time is in the range of about 10 ns to 10 μs.
200. The system of claim 198 wherein the beam deflector is a single axis acousto-optic device.
201. The system of claim 177 wherein the first and second predetermined characteristics are based on physical properties of the multi-material device.
202. The system of claim 177 wherein the first pulse irradiates a first portion of the at least one microstructure and the second pulse irradiates a second portion of the at least one microstructure and wherein relative position change between the first and second portions of the at least one microstructure is less than 1/4 of either of the beam waists.
203. The system of claim 196 further comprising at least one optical amplifier optically coupled to at least one of the lasers.
204. The system of claim 177 wherein the at least one microstructure and the beam waists are relatively positioned during relative motion based upon three-dimensional information.
205. The system of claim 177 wherein the means for generating the first and second pulses includes means for generating a single pulse and means for forming the first and second pulses from the single pulse.
206. The system of claim 205 wherein the means for forming delays the second pulse for the predetermined time relative to the first pulse.
207. The system of claim 205 wherein the means for forming includes a multi-frequency deflector for splitting the single pulse to form the first and second pulses.
208. The system of claim 207 wherein first and second microstructures are irradiated by the first and second pulses, respectively.
209. A method for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and a microstructure, the method comprising: generating the at least one laser pulse having at least one predetermined characteristic based on a differential thermal property of materials of the device; and irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse wherein a first portion of the at least one pulse increases a difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure and wherein a second portion of the at least one pulse further increases the difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure to process the multi-material device without damaging the substrate.
210. The method as claimed in claim 209 wherein the first and second portions are portions of a single pulse.
211. The method as claimed in claim 209 wherein the first and second portions are portions of different pulses.
212. The method as claimed in claim 209 wherein the first portion of the at least one pulse increases temperature of the microstructure.
213. The method as claimed in claim 209 wherein the first portion is a high density leading edge portion of the at least one pulse.
214. The method as claimed in claim 213 wherein the leading edge portion has a rise time of less than two nanoseconds.
215. The method as claimed in claim 214 wherein the rise time is less than one nanosecond.
216. The method as claimed in claim 209 wherein the first and second portions of the at least one pulse are sufficient to remove the microstructure.
217. The method as claimed in claim 213 wherein the microstructure is a metal link having reflectivity and wherein the leading edge portion of the at least one pulse reduces the reflectivity of the metal link.
218. The method as claimed in claim 217 wherein the substrate is silicon and the device is a semiconductor memory.
219. The method as claimed in claim 212 wherein the second portion of the at least one pulse further increases the temperature of the microstructure.
220. The method as claimed in claim 209 wherein the step of irradiating is completed in a period between 5 and 75 nanoseconds.
221. The method as claimed in claim 220 wherein the period is between 10 and 50 nanoseconds.
222. A system for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device including a substrate and a microstructure, the system comprising: means for generating the at least one laser pulse having at least one predetermined characteristic based on a differential thermal property of materials of the device; and means for irradiating the microstructure with the at least one laser pulse wherein a first portion of the at least one pulse increases a difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure and wherein a second portion of the at least one pulse further increases the difference in temperature between the substrate and the microstructure to process the multi-material device without damaging the substrate.
223. The system as claimed in claim 222 wherein the first and second portions are portions of a single pulse.
224. The system as claimed in claim 222 wherein the first and second portions are portions of different pulses.
225. The system as claimed in claim 222 wherein the first portion of the at least one pulse increases temperature of the microstructure.
226. The system as claimed in claim 222 wherein the first portion is a high density leading edge portion of the at least one pulse.
227. The system as claimed in claim 226 wherein the leading edge portion has a rise time of less than two nanoseconds.
228. The system as claimed in claim 227 wherein the rise time is less than one nanosecond.
229. The system as claimed in claim 222 wherein the first and second portions of the at least one pulse are sufficient to remove the microstructure.
230. The system as claimed in claim 226 wherein the microstructure is a metal link having reflectivity and wherein the leading edge portion of the at least one pulse reduces the reflectivity of the metal link.
231. The system as claimed in claim 230 wherein the substrate is silicon and the device is a semiconductor memory.
232. The system as claimed in claim 225 wherein the second portion of the at least one pulse further increases the temperature of the microstructure.
233. The system as claimed in claim 222 wherein the irradiation is completed in a period between 5 and 75 nanoseconds.
234. The system as claimed in claim 233 wherein the period is between 10 and 50 nanoseconds.
235. A method for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed, the method comprising: measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain a measurement, the at least one alignment target being covered by at least one layer of a second material, the step of measuring including selectively irradiating a portion of a region to be measured with a radiation cleaning beam to remove debris from the region to compensate for reflectivity variations and reduce multiplicative noise and associated signal variations at a detector; predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a waist of the laser beam based on the measurement to obtain a predicted relative location; inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the beam waist based on the predicted relative location; generating the laser beam including at least one pulse; and irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target wherein the at least one pulse is sufficient to process the predetermined target.
236. The method as claimed in claim 235 wherein the step of measuring is performed in a polarization insensitive fashion.
237. The method as claimed in claim 235 further comprising estimating locations utilizing a multi-parameter least squares fit algorithm to obtain residuals and wherein the step of predicting includes evaluating the residuals.
238. The method as claimed in claim 235 wherein the first material comprises metal and wherein the predetermined target is part of a multi-material device having at least one outer layer of dielectric material.
239. The method as claimed in claim 235 further comprising the steps of measuring layer thickness or reflectivity at at least one location to obtain a layer measurement and utilizing the layer measurement to control a characteristic of the at least one pulse.
240. The method of claim 235 further comprising measuring a layer thickness to obtain a thickness measurement and using at least the thickness measurement for predicting the relative location.
241. The method as claimed in claim 239 wherein the characteristic is pulse energy or pulsewidth.
242. The method as claimed in claim 235 further comprising the steps of measuring layer thickness or reflectivity at at least one location to obtain a layer measurement, and utilizing the layer measurement to controllably shift a wavelength of the laser beam.
243. The method as claimed in claim 235 further comprising: (a) obtaining information identifying microstructures designated for removal, (b) measuring a first set of reference locations to obtain three-dimensional reference data, (c) generating a trajectory based on at least the three-dimensional reference data to obtain a prediction of beam waist and microstructure surface locations, (d) updating the predicted relative location during relative motion based on updated position information, the updated position information being obtained during the relative motion.
244. The method of claim 243 wherein the updated position information obtained during the step of relatively positioning includes data from a position encoder.
245. The method of claim 243 wherein the updated position information obtained during the step of relatively positioning includes data from an optical sensor.
246. The method as claimed in claim 235 wherein the step of selectively irradiating occurs within orthogonal linear scans in the region to be measured.
247. The method of claim 235 wherein the at least one alignment target is part of a multi-material semiconductor memory including a substrate and at least one dielectric layer disposed between the substrate and the predetermined target, and wherein power of the radiation cleaning beam is substantially below power required to cause an undesirable change to the predetermined target, the substrate, or the at least one dielectric layer.
248. The method of claim 235 wherein energy of the cleaning beam is in the range .005 to .05 μjoules.
249. The method of claim 235 wherein the measurement is a 3-D measurement.
250. A system for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed, the system comprising: means for measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain a measurement, the at least one alignment target being covered by at least one layer of a second material, the means for measuring including means for selectively irradiating a portion of a region to be measured with a radiation cleaning beam to remove debris from the region to compensate for reflectivity variations and reduce multiplicative noise and associated signal variations at a detector; means for predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a waist of the laser beam based on the measurement to obtain a predicted relative location; means for inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the beam waist based on the predicted relative location; means for generating the laser beam including at least one pulse; and means for irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target wherein the at least one pulse is sufficient to process the predetermined target.
251. The system as claimed in claim 250 wherein measuring is performed in a polarization insensitive fashion.
252. The system as claimed in claim 250 further comprising means for estimating locations utilizing a multi-parameter least squares fit algorithm to obtain residuals and wherein the means for predicting includes means for evaluating the residuals.
253. The system as claimed in claim 250 wherein the first material comprises metal and wherein the predetermined target is part of a multi-material device having at least one outer layer of dielectric material.
254. The system as claimed in claim 250 further comprising means for measuring layer thickness or reflectivity at at least one location to obtain a layer measurement and means for utilizing the layer measurement to control a characteristic of the at least one pulse.
255. The system of claim 250 further comprising means for measuring a layer thickness to obtain a thickness measurement and means for using at least the thickness measurement for predicting the relative location.
256. The system as claimed in claim 254 wherein the characteristic is pulse energy or pulsewidth.
257. The system as claimed in claim 250 further comprising means for measuring layer thickness or reflectivity at at least one location to obtain a layer measurement, and means for utilizing the layer measurement to controllably shift a wavelength of the laser beam.
258. The system as claimed in claim 250 further comprising: (a) means for obtaining information identifying microstructures designated for removal, (b) means for measuring a first set of reference locations to obtain three-dimensional reference data, (c) means for generating a trajectory based on at least the three- dimensional reference data to obtain a prediction of beam waist and microstructure surface locations, (d) means for updating the predicted relative location during relative motion based on updated position information, the updated position information being obtained during the relative motion.
259. The system of claim 258 further comprising a position encoder for generating data of the updated position information.
260. The system of claim 258 further comprising an optical sensor for generating data of the updated position information.
261. The system as claimed in claim 250 wherein the means for selectively irradiating irradiates within orthogonal linear scans in the region to be measured.
262. The system of claim 250 wherein the at least one alignment target is part of a multi-material semiconductor memory including a substrate and at least one dielectric layer disposed between the substrate and the predetermined target, and wherein power of the radiation cleaning beam is substantially below power required to cause an undesirable change to the predetermined target, the substrate, or the at least one dielectric layer.
263. The system of claim 250 wherein energy of the cleaning beam is in the range .005 to .05 μjoules.
264. The system of claim 250 wherein the measurement is a 3-D measurement.
265. In a system for laser processing a target structure of a multilayer, multi-material device, a method of controlling energy delivered to the target structure, the method comprising: obtaining at least one measurement at each of at least two predetermined wavelengths; determining thickness of at least one layer of the device based on the measurements; and controlling energy delivered to the target structure based on the determined thickness to compensate for variations in energy required to process the target structure caused by interference effects of the at least one layer.
266. The method as claimed in claim 265 wherein level of the controlled energy is substantially constant during processing of each microstructure of the device.
267. The method as claimed in claim 265 wherein level of the controlled energy is varied to process a plurality of microstructures based on a plurality of thickness measurements over the device.
268. The method as claimed in claim 267 further comprising recording the plurality of thickness measurements for process monitoring.
269. In a system for laser processing a target structure of a multi- layer, multi-material device, a control system for controlling energy delivered to the target structure, the control system comprising: means for obtaining at least one measurement at each of at least two predetermined wavelengths; means for determining thickness of at least one layer of the device based on the measurements; and means for controlling energy delivered to the target structure based on the determined thickness to compensate for variations in energy required to process the target structure caused by interference effects of the at least one layer.
270. The control system as claimed in claim 269 wherein level of the controlled energy is substantially constant during processing of each microstructure of the device.
271. The control system as claimed in claim 269 wherein level of the controlled energy is varied to process a plurality of microstructures based on a plurality of thickness measurements over the device.
272. The control system as claimed in claim 271 further comprising means for recording the plurality of thickness measurements for process monitoring.
273. A method for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed, the method comprising: measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain at least one measurement; predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a laser beam based on the at least one measurement to obtain a predicted relative location; generating a laser beam including at least one pulse; inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the laser beam based on the predicted relative location; updating the predicted relative location during relative motion based on updated position information, the updated position information being obtained during the relative motion; and irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target to process the predetermined target based on the updated position information.
274. The method of claim 273 wherein the updated position information obtained during the step of relatively positioning includes data from a position encoder.
275. The method of claim 273 wherein the updated position information obtained during the step of relatively positioning includes data from an optical sensor.
276. The method of claim 273 further comprising measuring a set of reference locations to obtain three-dimensional reference data.
277. The method of claim 276 wherein the reference locations are measured during a calibration process.
278. A system for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam to compensate for microscopic positional variations of a predetermined target having a first material to be laser processed, the system comprising: means for measuring position of at least one alignment target formed at a predetermined measurement location to obtain at least one measurement; means for predicting relative location of the predetermined target and a laser beam based on the at least one measurement to obtain a predicted relative location; means for generating a laser beam including at least one pulse; means for inducing relative motion between the predetermined target and the laser beam based on the predicted relative location; means for updating the predicted relative location during relative motion based on updated position information, the updated position information being obtained during the relative motion; and means for irradiating the at least one pulse into a spot on the predetermined target to process the predetermined target based on the updated position information.
279. The system of claim 278 further comprising a position encoder for generating data of the updated position information.
280. The system of claim 278 further comprising an optical sensor for generating date of the updated position information.
281. The system of claim 278 further comprising means for measuring a set of reference locations to obtain three-dimensional reference data.
282. The system of claim 281 wherein the reference locations are measured during a calibration process.
PCT/US2002/009665 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 Methods and systems for processing a device, methods and systems for modeling same and the device WO2002078896A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020037012708A KR100602987B1 (en) 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 Methods and systems for processing a device, methods and systems for modeling same and the device
JP2002577145A JP4384412B2 (en) 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 Method and system for processing a device, method and system for modeling a device, and device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US27964401P 2001-03-29 2001-03-29
US60/279,644 2001-03-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002078896A1 true WO2002078896A1 (en) 2002-10-10

Family

ID=23069846

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2002/009665 WO2002078896A1 (en) 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 Methods and systems for processing a device, methods and systems for modeling same and the device
PCT/US2002/009664 WO2002078895A1 (en) 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 High-speed, precision, laser-based method and system

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2002/009664 WO2002078895A1 (en) 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 High-speed, precision, laser-based method and system

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (18) US8217304B2 (en)
JP (1) JP4384412B2 (en)
KR (1) KR100602987B1 (en)
TW (3) TWI271904B (en)
WO (2) WO2002078896A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008019073A2 (en) * 2006-08-04 2008-02-14 Solyndra, Inc. System and method for creating electric isolation between layers for photovoltaic applications
EP1989017A1 (en) * 2006-03-02 2008-11-12 Korea Research Institute of Standards and Science Laser processing method and processing apparatus based on conventional laser-induced material changes
US8670151B2 (en) 2007-01-23 2014-03-11 Imra America, Inc. Ultrashort laser micro-texture printing
TWI487222B (en) * 2006-09-15 2015-06-01 電子科學工業有限公司 Method and system for laser processing targets of different types on a workpiece
EP2809476A4 (en) * 2012-01-31 2015-09-09 Sunpower Corp Laser system with multiple laser pulses for fabrication of solar cells
US11872655B2 (en) 2018-07-05 2024-01-16 Hamamatsu Photonics K.K. Laser processing device

Families Citing this family (409)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6693517B2 (en) * 2000-04-21 2004-02-17 Donnelly Corporation Vehicle mirror assembly communicating wirelessly with vehicle accessories and occupants
US6865210B2 (en) * 2001-05-03 2005-03-08 Cymer, Inc. Timing control for two-chamber gas discharge laser system
US20040134894A1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2004-07-15 Bo Gu Laser-based system for memory link processing with picosecond lasers
US8217304B2 (en) * 2001-03-29 2012-07-10 Gsi Group Corporation Methods and systems for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device
US6281471B1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2001-08-28 Gsi Lumonics, Inc. Energy-efficient, laser-based method and system for processing target material
US7838794B2 (en) 1999-12-28 2010-11-23 Gsi Group Corporation Laser-based method and system for removing one or more target link structures
US7723642B2 (en) 1999-12-28 2010-05-25 Gsi Group Corporation Laser-based system for memory link processing with picosecond lasers
US7671295B2 (en) * 2000-01-10 2010-03-02 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Processing a memory link with a set of at least two laser pulses
US20030222324A1 (en) * 2000-01-10 2003-12-04 Yunlong Sun Laser systems for passivation or link processing with a set of laser pulses
US20060141681A1 (en) * 2000-01-10 2006-06-29 Yunlong Sun Processing a memory link with a set of at least two laser pulses
US6483071B1 (en) * 2000-05-16 2002-11-19 General Scanning Inc. Method and system for precisely positioning a waist of a material-processing laser beam to process microstructures within a laser-processing site
US6914919B2 (en) * 2000-06-19 2005-07-05 Cymer, Inc. Six to ten KHz, or greater gas discharge laser system
JP4659300B2 (en) 2000-09-13 2011-03-30 浜松ホトニクス株式会社 Laser processing method and semiconductor chip manufacturing method
US6986764B2 (en) * 2000-12-15 2006-01-17 Laserscope Method and system for photoselective vaporization of the prostate, and other tissue
US8208505B2 (en) * 2001-01-30 2012-06-26 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Laser system employing harmonic generation
US7583710B2 (en) * 2001-01-30 2009-09-01 Board Of Trustees Operating Michigan State University Laser and environmental monitoring system
US7567596B2 (en) * 2001-01-30 2009-07-28 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Control system and apparatus for use with ultra-fast laser
US7450618B2 (en) * 2001-01-30 2008-11-11 Board Of Trustees Operating Michigan State University Laser system using ultrashort laser pulses
US7973936B2 (en) * 2001-01-30 2011-07-05 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Control system and apparatus for use with ultra-fast laser
US7048907B2 (en) * 2001-02-05 2006-05-23 Biophysics Assay Laboratory, Inc. Synthesis, compositions and methods for the measurement of the concentration of stable-isotope labeled compounds in life forms and life form excretory products
US7245412B2 (en) * 2001-02-16 2007-07-17 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. On-the-fly laser beam path error correction for specimen target location processing
US8497450B2 (en) 2001-02-16 2013-07-30 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. On-the fly laser beam path dithering for enhancing throughput
US20070173075A1 (en) * 2001-03-29 2007-07-26 Joohan Lee Laser-based method and system for processing a multi-material device having conductive link structures
US20020182877A1 (en) * 2001-04-09 2002-12-05 Marc Nantel Photo-processing of materials in the presence of reactive fluid
US20050259709A1 (en) 2002-05-07 2005-11-24 Cymer, Inc. Systems and methods for implementing an interaction between a laser shaped as a line beam and a film deposited on a substrate
US7642484B2 (en) * 2001-06-13 2010-01-05 Orbotech Ltd Multiple beam micro-machining system and method
US7132636B1 (en) 2001-07-06 2006-11-07 Palantyr Research, Llc Imaging system and methodology employing reciprocal space optical design
US7151246B2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2006-12-19 Palantyr Research, Llc Imaging system and methodology
US7439478B2 (en) 2001-07-06 2008-10-21 Palantyr Research, Llc Imaging system, methodology, and applications employing reciprocal space optical design having at least one pixel being scaled to about a size of a diffraction-limited spot defined by a microscopic optical system
US7863552B2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2011-01-04 Palantyr Research Llc Digital images and related methodologies
US6872930B2 (en) * 2003-03-31 2005-03-29 Palantyr Research, Llc Imaging system and methodology employing reciprocal space optical design
US7385168B2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2008-06-10 Palantyr Research, Llc Imaging system, methodology, and applications employing reciprocal space optical design
US7109464B2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2006-09-19 Palantyr Research, Llc Semiconductor imaging system and related methodology
US7338168B2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2008-03-04 Palantyr Research, Llc Particle analyzing system and methodology
US7288751B2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2007-10-30 Palantyr Research, Llc Imaging system, methodology, and applications employing reciprocal space optical design
US7248716B2 (en) 2001-07-06 2007-07-24 Palantyr Research, Llc Imaging system, methodology, and applications employing reciprocal space optical design
US7105795B2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2006-09-12 Palantyr Research, Llc Imaging system, methodology, and applications employing reciprocal space optical design
US6963595B2 (en) 2001-08-29 2005-11-08 Cymer, Inc. Automatic gas control system for a gas discharge laser
US6664498B2 (en) * 2001-12-04 2003-12-16 General Atomics Method and apparatus for increasing the material removal rate in laser machining
US6815659B2 (en) * 2002-01-14 2004-11-09 Palantyr Research, Llc Optical system and method of making same
US6864457B1 (en) * 2002-02-25 2005-03-08 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska Laser machining of materials
US20050109747A1 (en) * 2002-02-25 2005-05-26 Alexander Dennis R. Laser scribing and machining of materials
US8268704B2 (en) 2002-03-12 2012-09-18 Hamamatsu Photonics K.K. Method for dicing substrate
TWI326626B (en) 2002-03-12 2010-07-01 Hamamatsu Photonics Kk Laser processing method
US7563695B2 (en) * 2002-03-27 2009-07-21 Gsi Group Corporation Method and system for high-speed precise laser trimming and scan lens for use therein
US7358157B2 (en) * 2002-03-27 2008-04-15 Gsi Group Corporation Method and system for high-speed precise laser trimming, scan lens system for use therein and electrical device produced thereby
US6951995B2 (en) * 2002-03-27 2005-10-04 Gsi Lumonics Corp. Method and system for high-speed, precise micromachining an array of devices
US20060199354A1 (en) * 2002-03-27 2006-09-07 Bo Gu Method and system for high-speed precise laser trimming and electrical device produced thereby
US7067763B2 (en) * 2002-05-17 2006-06-27 Gsi Group Corporation High speed, laser-based marking method and system for producing machine readable marks on workpieces and semiconductor devices with reduced subsurface damage produced thereby
US7259082B2 (en) * 2002-10-03 2007-08-21 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Method of manufacturing semiconductor device
FR2845684B1 (en) * 2002-10-09 2006-12-15 Saint Gobain METHOD OF SUPPRESSING PUNCTUAL DEFECTS INCLUDED IN AN ELECTROCHEMICAL DEVICE
US7405114B2 (en) * 2002-10-16 2008-07-29 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Laser irradiation apparatus and method of manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2004050292A1 (en) * 2002-12-03 2004-06-17 Fujitsu Limited Bending laser irradiation apparatus and laser irradiation method
US7741639B2 (en) * 2003-01-31 2010-06-22 Cymer, Inc. Multi-chambered excimer or molecular fluorine gas discharge laser fluorine injection control
TWI248244B (en) * 2003-02-19 2006-01-21 J P Sercel Associates Inc System and method for cutting using a variable astigmatic focal beam spot
ATE375023T1 (en) * 2003-04-29 2007-10-15 Spi Lasers Uk Ltd LASER DEVICE FOR MATERIAL PROCESSING
US7361171B2 (en) 2003-05-20 2008-04-22 Raydiance, Inc. Man-portable optical ablation system
US7113327B2 (en) * 2003-06-27 2006-09-26 Imra America, Inc. High power fiber chirped pulse amplification system utilizing telecom-type components
US7616669B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2009-11-10 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. High energy pulse suppression method
US6947454B2 (en) 2003-06-30 2005-09-20 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Laser pulse picking employing controlled AOM loading
US8921733B2 (en) 2003-08-11 2014-12-30 Raydiance, Inc. Methods and systems for trimming circuits
US8173929B1 (en) 2003-08-11 2012-05-08 Raydiance, Inc. Methods and systems for trimming circuits
US9022037B2 (en) 2003-08-11 2015-05-05 Raydiance, Inc. Laser ablation method and apparatus having a feedback loop and control unit
KR100804253B1 (en) * 2003-08-19 2008-02-18 일렉트로 싸이언티픽 인더스트리이즈 인코포레이티드 Method of controlling amplifier output of a laser fiber amplifier
ES2309259T3 (en) * 2003-08-29 2008-12-16 Trumpf Laser- Und Systemtechnik Gmbh DEVICE FOR REMOTE MACHINING OF WORK PIECES THROUGH A MACHINING LASER BEAM.
US7521651B2 (en) 2003-09-12 2009-04-21 Orbotech Ltd Multiple beam micro-machining system and method
EP1518634A1 (en) * 2003-09-23 2005-03-30 Advanced Laser Separation International (ALSI) B.V. A method of and a device for separating semiconductor elements formed in a wafer of semiconductor material
JP4251054B2 (en) * 2003-10-01 2009-04-08 株式会社デンソー Manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP2005118821A (en) * 2003-10-16 2005-05-12 Olympus Corp Ultrashort pulse laser beam machining method
JP2007509368A (en) * 2003-10-17 2007-04-12 ジーエスアイ・ルモニクス・コーポレーション Flexible scanning range
US20050087522A1 (en) * 2003-10-24 2005-04-28 Yunlong Sun Laser processing of a locally heated target material
US20060257929A1 (en) * 2003-11-12 2006-11-16 Microbiosystems, Limited Partnership Method for the rapid taxonomic identification of pathogenic microorganisms and their toxic proteins
JP4509578B2 (en) 2004-01-09 2010-07-21 浜松ホトニクス株式会社 Laser processing method and laser processing apparatus
JP4598407B2 (en) * 2004-01-09 2010-12-15 浜松ホトニクス株式会社 Laser processing method and laser processing apparatus
DE102004008256B3 (en) * 2004-02-19 2005-09-08 Siemens Ag Method for shaping a laser beam, laser processing method
US7874244B2 (en) * 2004-02-27 2011-01-25 Gold Medal Products Co. Self contained popcorn popper
US20050191771A1 (en) * 2004-03-01 2005-09-01 Ming Li Ultrafast laser direct writing method for modifying existing microstructures on a submicron scale
US7511247B2 (en) * 2004-03-22 2009-03-31 Panasonic Corporation Method of controlling hole shape during ultrafast laser machining by manipulating beam polarization
JP2005275097A (en) * 2004-03-25 2005-10-06 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Image exposure apparatus and image exposure method
WO2005093801A1 (en) 2004-03-26 2005-10-06 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Laser irradiation method and laser irradiation apparatus
US7505196B2 (en) * 2004-03-31 2009-03-17 Imra America, Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling and protecting pulsed high power fiber amplifier systems
US7486705B2 (en) 2004-03-31 2009-02-03 Imra America, Inc. Femtosecond laser processing system with process parameters, controls and feedback
US7491909B2 (en) * 2004-03-31 2009-02-17 Imra America, Inc. Pulsed laser processing with controlled thermal and physical alterations
US7282666B2 (en) * 2004-05-07 2007-10-16 Micron Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus to increase throughput of processing using pulsed radiation sources
US7985942B2 (en) * 2004-05-28 2011-07-26 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Method of providing consistent quality of target material removal by lasers having different output performance characteristics
US7885311B2 (en) * 2007-03-27 2011-02-08 Imra America, Inc. Beam stabilized fiber laser
US7633034B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2009-12-15 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Semiconductor structure processing using multiple laser beam spots overlapping lengthwise on a structure
US7629234B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2009-12-08 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Semiconductor structure processing using multiple laterally spaced laser beam spots with joint velocity profiling
US7425471B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2008-09-16 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Semiconductor structure processing using multiple laser beam spots spaced on-axis with cross-axis offset
US7935941B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2011-05-03 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Semiconductor structure processing using multiple laser beam spots spaced on-axis on non-adjacent structures
US7435927B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2008-10-14 Electron Scientific Industries, Inc. Semiconductor link processing using multiple laterally spaced laser beam spots with on-axis offset
US7687740B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2010-03-30 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Semiconductor structure processing using multiple laterally spaced laser beam spots delivering multiple blows
US8383982B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2013-02-26 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Methods and systems for semiconductor structure processing using multiple laser beam spots
US8148211B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2012-04-03 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Semiconductor structure processing using multiple laser beam spots spaced on-axis delivered simultaneously
US20060000814A1 (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-01-05 Bo Gu Laser-based method and system for processing targeted surface material and article produced thereby
US7227098B2 (en) * 2004-08-06 2007-06-05 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Method and system for decreasing the effective pulse repetition frequency of a laser
US20060055504A1 (en) * 2004-09-13 2006-03-16 Pailthorp Robert M Measurement extrapolation technique to compensate for thermal EMF generated during laser trimming
US7705268B2 (en) * 2004-11-11 2010-04-27 Gsi Group Corporation Method and system for laser soft marking
US20060189091A1 (en) * 2004-11-11 2006-08-24 Bo Gu Method and system for laser hard marking
US20060102601A1 (en) * 2004-11-12 2006-05-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Feedback controlled laser machining system
US20060114948A1 (en) * 2004-11-29 2006-06-01 Lo Ho W Workpiece processing system using a common imaged optical assembly to shape the spatial distributions of light energy of multiple laser beams
WO2006062744A2 (en) * 2004-12-09 2006-06-15 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Methods and systems for synchronized pulse shape tailoring
US7396706B2 (en) * 2004-12-09 2008-07-08 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Synchronization technique for forming a substantially stable laser output pulse profile having different wavelength peaks
US7301981B2 (en) 2004-12-09 2007-11-27 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Methods for synchronized pulse shape tailoring
US20060151704A1 (en) * 2004-12-30 2006-07-13 Cordingley James J Laser-based material processing methods, system and subsystem for use therein for precision energy control
US20060191884A1 (en) * 2005-01-21 2006-08-31 Johnson Shepard D High-speed, precise, laser-based material processing method and system
KR101332497B1 (en) * 2005-01-26 2013-11-26 칼 짜이스 에스엠테 게엠베하 Projection Exposure Apparatus of Micro-Lithography Comprising an Optical Assembly
US7528342B2 (en) * 2005-02-03 2009-05-05 Laserfacturing, Inc. Method and apparatus for via drilling and selective material removal using an ultrafast pulse laser
WO2006088841A1 (en) 2005-02-14 2006-08-24 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Ultra-fast laser system
DE602005001440T2 (en) * 2005-03-04 2008-06-19 Bettonville Integrated Solutions, N.V. Laser cutting machine
US20060235564A1 (en) * 2005-04-18 2006-10-19 Igor Troitski Method and multifunctional system for producing laser-induced images on the surfaces of various materials and inside transparent materials
KR101284201B1 (en) * 2005-05-02 2013-07-09 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 Laser irradiation apparatus and laser irradiation method
US20060256688A1 (en) * 2005-05-11 2006-11-16 Van Brocklin Andrew L Methods and apparatus for shaping mark recorded on media with electromagnetic radiation beam
US7466466B2 (en) * 2005-05-11 2008-12-16 Gsi Group Corporation Optical scanning method and system and method for correcting optical aberrations introduced into the system by a beam deflector
US7576765B2 (en) * 2005-05-11 2009-08-18 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Methods and apparatus for detecting and optimizing laser mark quality on recording media
US7371627B1 (en) * 2005-05-13 2008-05-13 Micron Technology, Inc. Memory array with ultra-thin etched pillar surround gate access transistors and buried data/bit lines
US7120046B1 (en) * 2005-05-13 2006-10-10 Micron Technology, Inc. Memory array with surrounding gate access transistors and capacitors with global and staggered local bit lines
US8278590B2 (en) * 2005-05-27 2012-10-02 Resonetics, LLC Apparatus for minimizing a heat affected zone during laser micro-machining
CN101189097B (en) * 2005-06-01 2011-04-20 飞腾股份有限公司 Laser processing apparatus and laser processing method
US7872211B2 (en) * 2005-06-10 2011-01-18 Igor Troitski Laser-dynamic system for using in games
US7318778B2 (en) * 2005-06-11 2008-01-15 Owens Mark R Golf putter with removable laser
US7902598B2 (en) * 2005-06-24 2011-03-08 Micron Technology, Inc. Two-sided surround access transistor for a 4.5F2 DRAM cell
US7729216B2 (en) * 2005-07-05 2010-06-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Methods and apparatus for marking media with collimated electromagnetic radiation beam
US7888721B2 (en) * 2005-07-06 2011-02-15 Micron Technology, Inc. Surround gate access transistors with grown ultra-thin bodies
JP2007027192A (en) * 2005-07-12 2007-02-01 Denso Corp Laser trimming method
WO2007006850A2 (en) * 2005-07-13 2007-01-18 Picodeon Ltd Oy Radiation arrangement
FI118937B (en) * 2005-07-13 2008-05-15 Picodeon Ltd Oy diode pumps
US8135050B1 (en) 2005-07-19 2012-03-13 Raydiance, Inc. Automated polarization correction
US7768051B2 (en) * 2005-07-25 2010-08-03 Micron Technology, Inc. DRAM including a vertical surround gate transistor
US7315038B2 (en) * 2005-08-26 2008-01-01 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Methods and systems for positioning a laser beam spot relative to a semiconductor integrated circuit using a processing target as an alignment target
US7297972B2 (en) * 2005-08-26 2007-11-20 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Methods and systems for positioning a laser beam spot relative to a semiconductor integrated circuit using a processing target as a metrology target
US7696567B2 (en) * 2005-08-31 2010-04-13 Micron Technology, Inc Semiconductor memory device
US9138913B2 (en) * 2005-09-08 2015-09-22 Imra America, Inc. Transparent material processing with an ultrashort pulse laser
GB0518843D0 (en) * 2005-09-15 2005-10-26 Plastic Logic Ltd A method of forming interconnects using a process of lower ablation
JP4762653B2 (en) * 2005-09-16 2011-08-31 浜松ホトニクス株式会社 Laser processing method and laser processing apparatus
KR101099863B1 (en) * 2005-10-11 2011-12-28 지에스아이 그룹 코포레이션 Optical metrological scale and laser-based manufacturing method therefor
US7638731B2 (en) 2005-10-18 2009-12-29 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Real time target topography tracking during laser processing
WO2007047721A2 (en) * 2005-10-18 2007-04-26 Gsi Group Corporation Methods and apparatus for utilizing an optical reference
US7679029B2 (en) 2005-10-28 2010-03-16 Cymer, Inc. Systems and methods to shape laser light as a line beam for interaction with a substrate having surface variations
US20070117227A1 (en) * 2005-11-23 2007-05-24 Gsi Group Corporation Method And System for Iteratively, Selectively Tuning A Parameter Of A Doped Workpiece Using A Pulsed Laser
WO2007064703A2 (en) 2005-11-30 2007-06-07 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Laser based identification of molecular characteristics
WO2007072837A1 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Laser irradiation apparatus and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP4804911B2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2011-11-02 浜松ホトニクス株式会社 Laser processing equipment
US8232687B2 (en) 2006-04-26 2012-07-31 Raydiance, Inc. Intelligent laser interlock system
US8189971B1 (en) 2006-01-23 2012-05-29 Raydiance, Inc. Dispersion compensation in a chirped pulse amplification system
US9130344B2 (en) 2006-01-23 2015-09-08 Raydiance, Inc. Automated laser tuning
US7444049B1 (en) 2006-01-23 2008-10-28 Raydiance, Inc. Pulse stretcher and compressor including a multi-pass Bragg grating
TWI379724B (en) * 2006-02-03 2012-12-21 Gsi Group Corp Laser-based method and system for removing one or more target link structures
US20070215575A1 (en) * 2006-03-15 2007-09-20 Bo Gu Method and system for high-speed, precise, laser-based modification of one or more electrical elements
US7728955B2 (en) * 2006-03-21 2010-06-01 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus, radiation supply and device manufacturing method
US7822347B1 (en) 2006-03-28 2010-10-26 Raydiance, Inc. Active tuning of temporal dispersion in an ultrashort pulse laser system
WO2007145702A2 (en) * 2006-04-10 2007-12-21 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Laser material processing systems and methods with, in particular, use of a hollow waveguide for broadening the bandwidth of the pulse above 20 nm
US8183498B2 (en) * 2006-05-01 2012-05-22 Tcz, Llc Systems and method for optimization of laser beam spatial intensity profile
US8198566B2 (en) * 2006-05-24 2012-06-12 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Laser processing of workpieces containing low-k dielectric material
US7605343B2 (en) * 2006-05-24 2009-10-20 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Micromachining with short-pulsed, solid-state UV laser
US8624157B2 (en) * 2006-05-25 2014-01-07 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Ultrashort laser pulse wafer scribing
US20070272666A1 (en) * 2006-05-25 2007-11-29 O'brien James N Infrared laser wafer scribing using short pulses
US20070282312A1 (en) * 2006-05-31 2007-12-06 Sie Ag Surgical Instrument Engineering Ophthalmologic apparatus
US20070106416A1 (en) 2006-06-05 2007-05-10 Griffiths Joseph J Method and system for adaptively controlling a laser-based material processing process and method and system for qualifying same
FR2903032B1 (en) * 2006-06-29 2008-10-17 Ecole Polytechnique Etablissem "METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MACHINING A TARGET BY FEMTOSECOND LASER BEAM."
WO2008011059A1 (en) * 2006-07-20 2008-01-24 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Laser plasmonic system
US8084706B2 (en) * 2006-07-20 2011-12-27 Gsi Group Corporation System and method for laser processing at non-constant velocities
CN101541470B (en) * 2006-08-22 2012-06-20 杰斯集团公司 System and method for employing a resonant scanner in an X-Y high speed drilling system
DE102006041208B4 (en) * 2006-09-02 2014-08-07 Leica Biosystems Nussloch Gmbh Measuring device for a vibrating microtome and vibrating microtome with a measuring device
US8013270B2 (en) * 2006-10-06 2011-09-06 Sony Corporation Laser processing apparatus, laser processing method, manufacturing method of wiring substrate, manufacturing method of display apparatus and wiring substrate
CN101578155B (en) * 2007-01-05 2013-05-01 杰斯集团公司 System and method for multi-pulse laser processing
US9029731B2 (en) * 2007-01-26 2015-05-12 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Methods and systems for laser processing continuously moving sheet material
US7893385B2 (en) * 2007-03-01 2011-02-22 James Neil Rodgers Method for enhancing gain and range of an RFID antenna
US8278595B2 (en) * 2007-03-16 2012-10-02 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Use of predictive pulse triggering to improve accuracy in link processing
DE102007012815A1 (en) * 2007-03-16 2008-09-18 Sauer Gmbh Lasertec Method and device for workpiece machining
US7977602B2 (en) * 2007-03-21 2011-07-12 Photon Dynamics, Inc. Laser ablation using multiple wavelengths
CN101702950B (en) 2007-05-01 2012-05-30 加拿大马特森技术有限公司 Irradiance pulse heat-treating methods and apparatus
KR20100017857A (en) * 2007-05-18 2010-02-16 지에스아이 그룹 코포레이션 Laser processing of conductive links
DE102007023457B4 (en) * 2007-05-19 2009-05-20 Leica Biosystems Nussloch Gmbh Method for automatically approaching a preparation to be cut thinly to the knife of a microtome
US7741131B2 (en) 2007-05-25 2010-06-22 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Laser processing of light reflective multilayer target structure
US8026158B2 (en) * 2007-06-01 2011-09-27 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Systems and methods for processing semiconductor structures using laser pulses laterally distributed in a scanning window
US8076605B2 (en) * 2007-06-25 2011-12-13 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Systems and methods for adapting parameters to increase throughput during laser-based wafer processing
US20090004368A1 (en) * 2007-06-29 2009-01-01 Weyerhaeuser Co. Systems and methods for curing a deposited layer on a substrate
US8148663B2 (en) 2007-07-31 2012-04-03 Applied Materials, Inc. Apparatus and method of improving beam shaping and beam homogenization
US8379204B1 (en) * 2007-08-17 2013-02-19 Gsi Group Corporation System and method for automatic laser beam alignment
JP2009072789A (en) * 2007-09-18 2009-04-09 Hamamatsu Photonics Kk Laser machining apparatus
KR20140137465A (en) * 2007-09-19 2014-12-02 지에스아이 그룹 코포레이션 Link processing with high speed beam deflection
US20090119357A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-07 International Business Machines Corporation Advanced correlation and process window evaluation application
EP2209586A1 (en) * 2007-11-07 2010-07-28 CeramTec AG Method for the laser ablation of brittle components
US7903326B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2011-03-08 Radiance, Inc. Static phase mask for high-order spectral phase control in a hybrid chirped pulse amplifier system
US20090141750A1 (en) * 2007-12-03 2009-06-04 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Systems and methods for link processing with ultrafast and nanosecond laser pulses
US8311069B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-11-13 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Direct ultrashort laser system
US9190235B2 (en) * 2007-12-29 2015-11-17 Cooper Technologies Company Manufacturability of SMD and through-hole fuses using laser process
WO2009091020A1 (en) * 2008-01-17 2009-07-23 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Laser working apparatus, and laser working method
DE202008000723U1 (en) * 2008-01-17 2009-05-28 Leister Process Technologies Laser arrangement with electronic masking system
JP4854684B2 (en) * 2008-01-22 2012-01-18 日本発條株式会社 Head suspension correction method and manufacturing method, head suspension, and thin plate processing method
US20090246530A1 (en) * 2008-03-27 2009-10-01 Imra America, Inc. Method For Fabricating Thin Films
US20090246413A1 (en) * 2008-03-27 2009-10-01 Imra America, Inc. Method for fabricating thin films
US7817686B2 (en) * 2008-03-27 2010-10-19 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Laser micromachining using programmable pulse shapes
US8598490B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2013-12-03 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Methods and systems for laser processing a workpiece using a plurality of tailored laser pulse shapes
US8526473B2 (en) * 2008-03-31 2013-09-03 Electro Scientific Industries Methods and systems for dynamically generating tailored laser pulses
US8178818B2 (en) * 2008-03-31 2012-05-15 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Photonic milling using dynamic beam arrays
US7982160B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2011-07-19 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Photonic clock stabilized laser comb processing
US8476552B2 (en) * 2008-03-31 2013-07-02 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Laser systems and methods using triangular-shaped tailored laser pulses for selected target classes
JP5461519B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2014-04-02 エレクトロ サイエンティフィック インダストリーズ インコーポレーテッド Method of combining multiple beams to form a polarized laser beam with high repetition rate and average power
US8189257B2 (en) * 2008-05-01 2012-05-29 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Optimized cascaded raman fiber-based laser source for high efficiency mid-infrared spectral generation
JP5365063B2 (en) * 2008-05-07 2013-12-11 株式会社Sumco Silicon wafer manufacturing method
US20090279171A1 (en) * 2008-05-12 2009-11-12 Raytheon Company Method and Apparatus for Providing an Adjustable Optical Delay
CN101587243A (en) * 2008-05-23 2009-11-25 北京光电技术研究所 Signal processing device for controlling laser output and observing device for laser action process
US8053704B2 (en) * 2008-05-27 2011-11-08 Corning Incorporated Scoring of non-flat materials
US8165838B2 (en) * 2008-06-02 2012-04-24 Lumenis Ltd. Laser system calibration
WO2010039329A2 (en) * 2008-08-06 2010-04-08 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Adaptive laser beam shaping
TW201009525A (en) * 2008-08-18 2010-03-01 Ind Tech Res Inst Laser marking method and laser marking system
US8125704B2 (en) * 2008-08-18 2012-02-28 Raydiance, Inc. Systems and methods for controlling a pulsed laser by combining laser signals
US20100096371A1 (en) * 2008-10-20 2010-04-22 Bousquet Robert R System and method for surface cleaning using a laser induced shock wave array
US8300228B2 (en) * 2008-10-21 2012-10-30 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Matched pulse stimulated raman scattering
US8498538B2 (en) 2008-11-14 2013-07-30 Raydiance, Inc. Compact monolithic dispersion compensator
EP2211430A3 (en) 2009-01-23 2015-05-27 Board of Trustees of Michigan State University Laser autocorrelation system
US8246714B2 (en) * 2009-01-30 2012-08-21 Imra America, Inc. Production of metal and metal-alloy nanoparticles with high repetition rate ultrafast pulsed laser ablation in liquids
US8861075B2 (en) 2009-03-05 2014-10-14 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Laser amplification system
JP5300544B2 (en) * 2009-03-17 2013-09-25 株式会社ディスコ Optical system and laser processing apparatus
US10307862B2 (en) * 2009-03-27 2019-06-04 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc Laser micromachining with tailored bursts of short laser pulses
US8350187B2 (en) * 2009-03-28 2013-01-08 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Method and apparatus for laser machining
US8187983B2 (en) 2009-04-16 2012-05-29 Micron Technology, Inc. Methods for fabricating semiconductor components using thinning and back side laser processing
TWI523720B (en) 2009-05-28 2016-03-01 伊雷克托科學工業股份有限公司 Acousto-optic deflector applications in laser processing of features in a workpiece, and related laser processing method
TWI417017B (en) * 2009-07-30 2013-11-21 Unimicron Technology Corp Base material of wiring board and method for drilling thereof
WO2011016176A1 (en) * 2009-08-03 2011-02-10 東芝機械株式会社 Pulse laser machining apparatus and pulse laser machining method
EP2465634B1 (en) * 2009-08-11 2021-11-10 Hamamatsu Photonics K.K. Laser machining device and laser machining method
US8435437B2 (en) * 2009-09-04 2013-05-07 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Setting laser power for laser machining stents from polymer tubing
US8384896B2 (en) * 2009-10-01 2013-02-26 Tornado Medical Systems, Inc. Optical slicer for improving the spectral resolution of a dispersive spectrograph
KR20120098869A (en) * 2009-12-07 2012-09-05 제이피 서셀 어소시에트, 인코퍼레이티드 Laser machining and scribing systems and methods
US20130256286A1 (en) * 2009-12-07 2013-10-03 Ipg Microsystems Llc Laser processing using an astigmatic elongated beam spot and using ultrashort pulses and/or longer wavelengths
US8461479B2 (en) * 2009-12-23 2013-06-11 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Adaptive processing constraints for memory repair
WO2011082065A2 (en) * 2009-12-30 2011-07-07 Gsi Group Corporation Link processing with high speed beam deflection
KR101097328B1 (en) * 2010-01-07 2011-12-23 삼성모바일디스플레이주식회사 Laser beam irradiation apparatus for substrate sealing, substrate sealing method, and manufacturing method of organic light emitting display device using the same
US9740019B2 (en) 2010-02-02 2017-08-22 Apple Inc. Integrated structured-light projector
US8858676B2 (en) * 2010-02-10 2014-10-14 Imra America, Inc. Nanoparticle production in liquid with multiple-pulse ultrafast laser ablation
US8540173B2 (en) * 2010-02-10 2013-09-24 Imra America, Inc. Production of fine particles of functional ceramic by using pulsed laser
US20110192450A1 (en) * 2010-02-10 2011-08-11 Bing Liu Method for producing nanoparticle solutions based on pulsed laser ablation for fabrication of thin film solar cells
US8926629B2 (en) * 2010-02-24 2015-01-06 Minerva Surgical, Inc. Systems and methods for endometrial ablation
US8630322B2 (en) * 2010-03-01 2014-01-14 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Laser system for output manipulation
US8300505B2 (en) * 2010-03-08 2012-10-30 Doug Carson & Associates, Inc. Writing repeating patterns of features to a substrate
US8907258B2 (en) * 2010-04-08 2014-12-09 Ncc Nano, Llc Apparatus for providing transient thermal profile processing on a moving substrate
DE112011100039B4 (en) * 2010-06-14 2014-01-02 Mitsubishi Electric Corp. Laser processing device and laser processing method
JP2012015445A (en) * 2010-07-05 2012-01-19 Japan Steel Works Ltd:The Laser anneal processing unit and laser anneal processing method
EP2409808A1 (en) * 2010-07-22 2012-01-25 Bystronic Laser AG Laser processing machine
DE102010032958A1 (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-02-02 Messer Cutting & Welding Gmbh Method and device for the thermal processing of a workpiece by means of a laser beam
TWI393602B (en) * 2010-08-04 2013-04-21 Hortek Crystal Co Ltd Laser process manufacturer
US8571077B2 (en) 2010-08-31 2013-10-29 First Solar, Inc. System and method for laser modulation
WO2012037468A1 (en) 2010-09-16 2012-03-22 Raydiance, Inc. Singulation of layered materials using selectively variable laser output
US9279727B2 (en) 2010-10-15 2016-03-08 Mattson Technology, Inc. Methods, apparatus and media for determining a shape of an irradiance pulse to which a workpiece is to be exposed
US9023461B2 (en) 2010-10-21 2015-05-05 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Apparatus for optically laser marking articles
JP6055414B2 (en) * 2010-10-22 2016-12-27 エレクトロ サイエンティフィック インダストリーズ インコーポレーテッド Laser processing system and method for beam dithering and skiving
KR20120043850A (en) * 2010-10-27 2012-05-07 삼성전자주식회사 Laser system and apparatus and method for repair
DE102011116833A1 (en) 2010-12-22 2012-06-28 Bystronic Laser Ag Laser machine for processing a workpiece, comprises a laser source for processing a workpiece and for adjusting beam on the workpiece, and a unit for rotating the laser beam around the beam axis
EP2468445B1 (en) * 2010-12-22 2016-08-24 Bystronic Laser AG Laser processing machine with a diode laser, which laser beam can rotate around its axis, and method of machining a workpiece
WO2012116226A2 (en) * 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Gsi Group Corporation Predictive link processing
CN103891064A (en) 2011-03-07 2014-06-25 Imra美国公司 Optical pulse source with increased peak power
CN102692187B (en) * 2011-03-21 2016-02-03 上海微电子装备有限公司 A kind of laser displacement measuring method
US10150230B2 (en) 2011-04-08 2018-12-11 Ncc Nano, Llc Method for drying thin films in an energy efficient manner
GB2490143B (en) * 2011-04-20 2013-03-13 Rolls Royce Plc Method of manufacturing a component
SG194699A1 (en) 2011-05-12 2013-12-30 Xy Llc Uv diode laser excitation in flow cytometry
US20120325784A1 (en) * 2011-06-24 2012-12-27 Applied Materials, Inc. Novel thermal processing apparatus
US20130001237A1 (en) * 2011-06-29 2013-01-03 Marsh Dennis R Glass Container Having Sub-Surface Wall Decoration and Method of Manufacture
JP6087916B2 (en) 2011-07-05 2017-03-01 エレクトロ サイエンティフィック インダストリーズ インコーポレーテッド System and method for achieving temperature stability of acousto-optic beam deflectors and acousto-optic modulators in use
US9069061B1 (en) * 2011-07-19 2015-06-30 Ball Aerospace & Technologies Corp. LIDAR with analog memory
US10813630B2 (en) 2011-08-09 2020-10-27 Corquest Medical, Inc. Closure system for atrial wall
US10314594B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2019-06-11 Corquest Medical, Inc. Assembly and method for left atrial appendage occlusion
US10307167B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2019-06-04 Corquest Medical, Inc. Assembly and method for left atrial appendage occlusion
US8749796B2 (en) * 2011-08-09 2014-06-10 Primesense Ltd. Projectors of structured light
US10054430B2 (en) 2011-08-09 2018-08-21 Apple Inc. Overlapping pattern projector
CN102274887B (en) * 2011-08-19 2013-05-08 江苏大学 Method and device for forming and assembling microscale part
CN102319959A (en) * 2011-08-22 2012-01-18 华南理工大学 Surface microstructure-forming system based on coherent laser
US10239160B2 (en) 2011-09-21 2019-03-26 Coherent, Inc. Systems and processes that singulate materials
CN103764337A (en) * 2011-11-17 2014-04-30 伊雷克托科学工业股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for optimally laser marking articles
KR20140112498A (en) 2011-12-07 2014-09-23 제너럴 아토믹스 Methods and Systems for Use in Laser Machining
DE102012200915A1 (en) 2012-01-23 2013-07-25 Robert Bosch Gmbh Process for producing a structured multilayer system
JP5964621B2 (en) * 2012-03-16 2016-08-03 株式会社ディスコ Laser processing equipment
WO2013154530A1 (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-17 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Nozzle ejection trajectory detection
CN102615436A (en) * 2012-04-09 2012-08-01 镇江大成新能源有限公司 Process monitoring method for femtosecond laser etching process of thin-film solar cell
CN102626831A (en) * 2012-04-09 2012-08-08 镇江大成新能源有限公司 Femtosecond laser etching equipment of thin-film solar battery
US9358022B2 (en) * 2012-05-21 2016-06-07 Noha, Llc Clot removal device and method of using same
US8681427B2 (en) 2012-05-31 2014-03-25 Cymer, Inc. System and method for separating a main pulse and a pre-pulse beam from a laser source
US9610653B2 (en) * 2012-09-21 2017-04-04 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Method and apparatus for separation of workpieces and articles produced thereby
KR20150073973A (en) 2012-10-22 2015-07-01 일렉트로 싸이언티픽 인더스트리이즈 인코포레이티드 Method and apparatus for marking an article
US9879977B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2018-01-30 Kla-Tencor Corporation Apparatus and method for optical metrology with optimized system parameters
US20140142689A1 (en) 2012-11-21 2014-05-22 Didier De Canniere Device and method of treating heart valve malfunction
TWI473373B (en) 2012-11-30 2015-02-11 Ind Tech Res Inst The apparatus of generating pulse train with tunable spacing time
US10613513B2 (en) * 2013-02-11 2020-04-07 The Aerospace Corporation Systems and methods for modifying material substrates
US10838406B2 (en) 2013-02-11 2020-11-17 The Aerospace Corporation Systems and methods for the patterning of material substrates
US10464172B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2019-11-05 Nlight, Inc. Patterning conductive films using variable focal plane to control feature size
WO2014130895A1 (en) 2013-02-21 2014-08-28 Nlight Photonics Corporation Laser patterning multi-layer structures
US9842665B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2017-12-12 Nlight, Inc. Optimization of high resolution digitally encoded laser scanners for fine feature marking
WO2014130830A1 (en) 2013-02-23 2014-08-28 Raydiance, Inc. Shaping of brittle materials with controlled surface and bulk properties
CN103157904B (en) * 2013-03-01 2014-12-17 张立国 Laser processing device based on dynamic focusing
US10226837B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-03-12 Nlight, Inc. Thermal processing with line beams
EP2781296B1 (en) 2013-03-21 2020-10-21 Corning Laser Technologies GmbH Device and method for cutting out contours from flat substrates using a laser
JP2014231071A (en) * 2013-05-29 2014-12-11 三星ダイヤモンド工業株式会社 Substrate cutting device by using laser beam
US20140353005A1 (en) * 2013-06-04 2014-12-04 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method of making microwave and millimeterwave electronic circuits by laser patterning of unfired low temperature co-fired ceramic (ltcc) substrates
WO2014203110A1 (en) 2013-06-19 2014-12-24 Primesense Ltd. Integrated structured-light projector
US9808888B2 (en) * 2013-08-05 2017-11-07 Gentex Corporation Laser system and method thereof
TWI611855B (en) * 2013-09-09 2018-01-21 n萊特股份有限公司 Optimization of high resolution digitally encoded laser scanners for fine feature marking
CH710428B1 (en) * 2013-09-24 2018-07-31 Ipg Photonics Corp Laser processing systems and methods that can dither a laser beam.
US8988539B1 (en) * 2013-09-27 2015-03-24 The United States Of America As Represented By Secretary Of The Navy Single image acquisition high dynamic range camera by distorted image restoration
US9566443B2 (en) 2013-11-26 2017-02-14 Corquest Medical, Inc. System for treating heart valve malfunction including mitral regurgitation
CN103658993B (en) * 2013-12-11 2015-05-06 北京理工大学 Crystal silicon surface femtosecond laser selective ablation method based on electron dynamic control
EP2883647B1 (en) 2013-12-12 2019-05-29 Bystronic Laser AG Method for configuring a laser machining device
CN103639601B (en) * 2013-12-19 2015-05-20 北京理工大学 Three-dimensional periodic structure processing method based on electronic dynamic control
US9285593B1 (en) 2013-12-20 2016-03-15 AdlOptica Optical Systems GmbH Method and apparatus for shaping focused laser beams
US9343307B2 (en) 2013-12-24 2016-05-17 Ultratech, Inc. Laser spike annealing using fiber lasers
WO2015108991A2 (en) 2014-01-17 2015-07-23 Imra America, Inc. Laser-based modification of transparent materials
US9335759B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2016-05-10 Globalfoundries Inc. Optimization of a laser anneal beam path for maximizing chip yield
RU2580180C2 (en) * 2014-03-06 2016-04-10 Юрий Александрович Чивель Laser cladding method and apparatus therefor
JP6320799B2 (en) * 2014-03-07 2018-05-09 住友重機械工業株式会社 Manufacturing method of semiconductor device
US10239155B1 (en) * 2014-04-30 2019-03-26 The Boeing Company Multiple laser beam processing
US10069271B2 (en) 2014-06-02 2018-09-04 Nlight, Inc. Scalable high power fiber laser
US10618131B2 (en) * 2014-06-05 2020-04-14 Nlight, Inc. Laser patterning skew correction
US20160013085A1 (en) * 2014-07-10 2016-01-14 Applied Materials, Inc. In-Situ Acoustic Monitoring of Chemical Mechanical Polishing
CN105720463B (en) 2014-08-01 2021-05-14 恩耐公司 Protection and monitoring of back reflection in optical fiber and fiber-optic transmission lasers
JP6455021B2 (en) * 2014-08-22 2019-01-23 オムロン株式会社 Manufacturing method of bonded structure
US10842626B2 (en) 2014-12-09 2020-11-24 Didier De Canniere Intracardiac device to correct mitral regurgitation
CA2984403C (en) 2015-01-21 2021-04-20 Tornado Spectral Systems Inc. Hybrid image-pupil optical reformatter
US9837783B2 (en) 2015-01-26 2017-12-05 Nlight, Inc. High-power, single-mode fiber sources
WO2016121756A1 (en) 2015-01-30 2016-08-04 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ Examination device
TWI595955B (en) * 2015-02-26 2017-08-21 兆陽真空動力股份有限公司 A laser machining method
US10507544B2 (en) * 2015-02-27 2019-12-17 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc Fast beam manipulation for cross-axis miromaching
CN107922237B (en) 2015-03-24 2022-04-01 康宁股份有限公司 Laser cutting and processing of display glass compositions
US10050404B2 (en) 2015-03-26 2018-08-14 Nlight, Inc. Fiber source with cascaded gain stages and/or multimode delivery fiber with low splice loss
US10478212B2 (en) * 2015-04-22 2019-11-19 Medline Industries, Inc. Method and system for harvesting biological tissue
US10029330B2 (en) * 2015-06-17 2018-07-24 The Boeing Company Hybrid laser machining of multi-material stack-ups
CN107924023B (en) 2015-07-08 2020-12-01 恩耐公司 Fibers having suppressed center refractive index for increased beam parameter product
EP3344977B1 (en) * 2015-09-02 2023-07-12 Elemission Inc. Method and system for analysis of samples using laser induced breakdown spectroscopy
US11077526B2 (en) * 2015-09-09 2021-08-03 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Laser processing apparatus, methods of laser-processing workpieces and related arrangements
JP6743136B2 (en) 2015-09-24 2020-08-19 エヌライト,インコーポレーテッド Beam Parameter Product (BPP) Control by Changing Fiber to Fiber Angle
KR102483322B1 (en) 2015-09-30 2022-12-30 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Polarization module and laser irradiation apparatus including the same
DE102015116846A1 (en) * 2015-10-05 2017-04-06 Schott Ag Process for filamentizing a workpiece with a shape deviating from the nominal contour and workpiece produced by filamentation
CN105149772B (en) * 2015-10-12 2017-12-22 维嘉数控科技(苏州)有限公司 Laser control system and stabilized lasers light path energy and the method pointed to
TWI579093B (en) * 2015-11-13 2017-04-21 財團法人工業技術研究院 Polishing apparatus and method thereof
US10074960B2 (en) 2015-11-23 2018-09-11 Nlight, Inc. Predictive modification of laser diode drive current waveform in order to optimize optical output waveform in high power laser systems
US11179807B2 (en) 2015-11-23 2021-11-23 Nlight, Inc. Fine-scale temporal control for laser material processing
EP3380266B1 (en) 2015-11-23 2021-08-11 NLIGHT, Inc. Fine-scale temporal control for laser material processing
US10466494B2 (en) * 2015-12-18 2019-11-05 Nlight, Inc. Reverse interleaving for laser line generators
CN106935491B (en) * 2015-12-30 2021-10-12 上海微电子装备(集团)股份有限公司 Laser annealing device and annealing method thereof
US20170189992A1 (en) * 2015-12-31 2017-07-06 Nlight, Inc. Black sub-anodized marking using picosecond bursts
US10295820B2 (en) 2016-01-19 2019-05-21 Nlight, Inc. Method of processing calibration data in 3D laser scanner systems
US10401823B2 (en) 2016-02-04 2019-09-03 Makino Inc. Real time machining process monitoring utilizing preprocess simulation
KR101787526B1 (en) * 2016-02-25 2017-10-18 주식회사 이오테크닉스 Laser apparatus and method for generating laser by using the laser apparatus
US9865447B2 (en) * 2016-03-28 2018-01-09 Kla-Tencor Corporation High brightness laser-sustained plasma broadband source
US10730785B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-08-04 Nlight, Inc. Optical fiber bending mechanisms
US10661391B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-05-26 Nlight, Inc. Method of forming pores in three-dimensional objects
US10751834B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-08-25 Nlight, Inc. Optical beam delivery device formed of optical fibers configured for beam divergence or mode coupling control
US10646963B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-05-12 Nlight, Inc. Use of variable beam parameters to control a melt pool
US10732439B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-08-04 Nlight, Inc. Fiber-coupled device for varying beam characteristics
US10663768B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-05-26 Nlight, Inc. Fiber optical beam delivery device producing selectable intensity profiles
US10668535B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-06-02 Nlight, Inc. Method of forming three-dimensional objects
US10682726B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-06-16 Nlight, Inc. Beam modification structures and methods of modifying optical beam characteristics using the beam modification structures
US10670872B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-06-02 Nlight, Inc. All-fiber optical beam switch
US10673199B2 (en) 2016-09-29 2020-06-02 Nlight, Inc. Fiber-based saturable absorber
US10663742B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-05-26 Nlight, Inc. Method and system for cutting a material using a laser having adjustable beam characteristics
US10668537B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-06-02 Nlight, Inc. Systems for and methods of temperature control in additive manufacturing
US10649241B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-05-12 Nlight, Inc. Multi-function semiconductor and electronics processing
US10661342B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-05-26 Nlight, Inc. Additive manufacturing systems and methods for the same
US10677984B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-06-09 Nlight, Inc. Production of temporally apparent intensity distribution by rapid perturbation of variable beam characteristics optical fiber
US10684487B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-06-16 Nlight, Inc. Frequency-converted optical beams having adjustable beam characteristics
US10673198B2 (en) 2016-09-29 2020-06-02 Nlight, Inc. Fiber-coupled laser with time varying beam characteristics
US10673197B2 (en) 2016-09-29 2020-06-02 Nlight, Inc. Fiber-based optical modulator
US10656427B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-05-19 Nlight, Inc. Multicore fiber-coupled optical probing techniques
US10668567B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-06-02 Nlight, Inc. Multi-operation laser tooling for deposition and material processing operations
US10656440B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-05-19 Nlight, Inc. Fiber optical beam delivery device producing output exhibiting intensity distribution profile having non-zero ellipticity
US10705348B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-07-07 Nlight, Inc. Optical power density control in fiber-coupled laser
US10663769B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-05-26 Nlight, Inc. Systems and methods for modifying beam characteristics
KR102498030B1 (en) 2016-09-29 2023-02-08 엔라이트 인크. Tunable Beam Characteristics
US10690928B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-06-23 Nlight, Inc. Methods of and systems for heat deposition in additive manufacturing
US10739621B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2020-08-11 Nlight, Inc. Methods of and systems for materials processing using optical beams
CN109803786B (en) * 2016-09-30 2021-05-07 康宁股份有限公司 Apparatus and method for laser processing of transparent workpieces using non-axisymmetric beam spots
CN109996640B (en) * 2016-11-18 2021-09-03 Ipg光子公司 Laser system and method for processing materials
JP6682146B2 (en) * 2016-12-12 2020-04-15 住友重機械工業株式会社 Laser pulse cutting device and laser processing method
US11173548B2 (en) 2017-04-04 2021-11-16 Nlight, Inc. Optical fiducial generation for galvanometric scanner calibration
JP6626036B2 (en) * 2017-04-18 2019-12-25 ファナック株式会社 Laser processing system with measurement function
US11161201B2 (en) * 2017-05-31 2021-11-02 General Electric Company System and methods for fabricating a component with a laser device
EP3412400A1 (en) * 2017-06-09 2018-12-12 Bystronic Laser AG Beam shaper and use thereof, device for laser beam treatment of a workpiece and use thereof, method for laser beam treatment of a workpiece
WO2019023015A1 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-01-31 Imra America, Inc. Multi-pulse amplification
US10153614B1 (en) 2017-08-31 2018-12-11 Apple Inc. Creating arbitrary patterns on a 2-D uniform grid VCSEL array
KR102459880B1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2022-10-27 에이에스엠엘 네델란즈 비.브이. Method and Apparatus for Advanced Charge Controller for Wafer Inspection
JP7039922B2 (en) * 2017-10-16 2022-03-23 株式会社島津製作所 Laser processing equipment
JP6869623B2 (en) * 2017-10-26 2021-05-12 住友重機械工業株式会社 Laser processing equipment
US10352995B1 (en) 2018-02-28 2019-07-16 Nxp Usa, Inc. System and method of multiplexing laser triggers and optically selecting multiplexed laser pulses for laser assisted device alteration testing of semiconductor device
CN111727369B (en) 2018-02-28 2022-12-20 株式会社日立高新技术 Inspection apparatus and inspection method thereof
CN108683068B (en) * 2018-03-14 2020-06-09 深圳市创鑫激光股份有限公司 Laser control method, electronic control device, laser drilling equipment and storage medium
KR102288791B1 (en) * 2018-03-23 2021-08-10 프리메탈스 테크놀로지스 재팬 가부시키가이샤 Laser processing head and laser processing device and adjustment method of laser processing head
US10782343B2 (en) 2018-04-17 2020-09-22 Nxp Usa, Inc. Digital tests with radiation induced upsets
US11344973B2 (en) * 2018-04-19 2022-05-31 Corning Incorporated Methods for forming holes in substrates
US10862210B2 (en) * 2018-05-11 2020-12-08 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Multiple band polarization rotating phased array element
JP7253879B2 (en) * 2018-05-11 2023-04-07 シチズン時計株式会社 Parts and manufacturing methods thereof
CN108801930B (en) * 2018-05-30 2020-09-08 华中科技大学 High-time-resolution muller matrix ellipsometry measurement device and method
US11215552B2 (en) * 2018-06-14 2022-01-04 The Boeing Company Apparatus and method for bond inspection with limited access
CN109175720A (en) * 2018-11-09 2019-01-11 马鞍山沐及信息科技有限公司 A kind of machine cuts laser high-precision labelling apparatus
CN109590616A (en) * 2018-12-08 2019-04-09 辰溪县罗子山瑶乡生态农业农民专业合作社 A kind of laser mark printing device of bamboo tube wine bottle positioning function
US11404600B2 (en) 2019-06-11 2022-08-02 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Display device and its process for curing post-applied underfill material and bonding packaging contacts via pulsed lasers
US11563142B2 (en) 2019-06-11 2023-01-24 Meta Platforms Technologies, Llc Curing pre-applied and plasma-etched underfill via a laser
DE102019116499A1 (en) * 2019-06-18 2020-12-24 Amphos GmbH Laser system and method for generating laser radiation
CN110534477B (en) * 2019-08-26 2022-04-15 东莞市中镓半导体科技有限公司 Laser stripping integrated equipment
TWI720602B (en) 2019-08-27 2021-03-01 國立中央大學 Method and optical system for reconstructing surface of object
JP7391583B2 (en) * 2019-09-18 2023-12-05 浜松ホトニクス株式会社 Inspection equipment and inspection method
KR102391973B1 (en) * 2019-10-21 2022-04-27 세메스 주식회사 Substrate treatment apparatus
CN110899252B (en) * 2019-11-29 2021-09-24 湖北工业大学 Intelligent control system and method for laser cleaning
CN111299819B (en) * 2020-03-12 2022-12-16 中国航空制造技术研究院 Method for deflecting laser by refraction type laser processing head
CN113523586B (en) * 2020-04-16 2022-12-30 大族激光科技产业集团股份有限公司 Laser cutting method, laser cutting device and storage medium
CN111889972A (en) * 2020-07-21 2020-11-06 湖北坚丰科技股份有限公司 Processing method for multi-directional cutting of shaft parts
TWI727869B (en) * 2020-07-27 2021-05-11 聚威科技股份有限公司 Dynamic energy adjustment method and spot size dynamic adjustment method for laser processing of optical microscope
US11874163B2 (en) 2022-01-14 2024-01-16 Ophir Optronics Solutions, Ltd. Laser measurement apparatus having a removable and replaceable beam dump
CN114678774B (en) * 2022-05-24 2022-08-09 江苏镭创高科光电科技有限公司 Laser array coupling system with light beam correction function
US11897205B2 (en) 2022-06-02 2024-02-13 Sdc U.S. Smilepay Spv Laser-based support structure removal
CN117358552B (en) * 2023-12-08 2024-02-23 常州铭赛机器人科技股份有限公司 Automatic spot inspection compensation method for energy of UV lamp

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5294567A (en) * 1993-01-08 1994-03-15 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method for forming via holes in multilayer circuits
US5841099A (en) * 1994-07-18 1998-11-24 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Method employing UV laser pulses of varied energy density to form depthwise self-limiting blind vias in multilayered targets
US6103992A (en) * 1996-11-08 2000-08-15 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Multiple frequency processing to minimize manufacturing variability of high aspect ratio micro through-vias

Family Cites Families (333)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9843A (en) * 1853-07-12 Myer phineas
US3130A (en) * 1843-06-14 Garments
US42330A (en) * 1864-04-12 Improvement in mules for spinning
US45419A (en) * 1864-12-13 Improved baking-powder
US5396A (en) * 1847-12-11 Dbagoon-saddletbee
US3549733A (en) * 1968-12-04 1970-12-22 Du Pont Method of producing polymeric printing plates
US3747019A (en) 1970-07-16 1973-07-17 Union Carbide Corp Method and means for stabilizing the amplitude and repetition frequency of a repetitively q-switched laser
US3806829A (en) 1971-04-13 1974-04-23 Sys Inc Pulsed laser system having improved energy control with improved power supply laser emission energy sensor and adjustable repetition rate control features
US3753608A (en) * 1971-04-15 1973-08-21 Honeywell Inc Optical polarization spot size changing devices
US3744039A (en) 1971-09-09 1973-07-03 Zenith Radio Corp Single-laser simultaneous multiple-channel character generation system
US3869210A (en) 1973-11-02 1975-03-04 Nasa Laser system with an antiresonant optical ring
US3941973A (en) * 1974-06-26 1976-03-02 Raytheon Company Laser material removal apparatus
US4044222A (en) 1976-01-16 1977-08-23 Western Electric Company, Inc. Method of forming tapered apertures in thin films with an energy beam
US4114018A (en) 1976-09-30 1978-09-12 Lasag Ag Method for ablating metal workpieces with laser radiation
JPS5581095A (en) 1978-12-12 1980-06-18 Ricoh Co Ltd Ultra-fine hole processing method
CH643941A5 (en) 1979-11-16 1984-06-29 Elesta Ag Elektronik Bad Ragaz Method and device for producing optical scales, and scale produced according to the method
JPS56143434A (en) 1980-04-10 1981-11-09 Dainippon Screen Mfg Co Ltd Control method of light beam for recording in image scanning recorder
DE3036005A1 (en) * 1980-09-24 1982-05-06 Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München METHOD FOR PRODUCING A CODE DISC FOR OPTICAL ANGLE STEPPERS OR ANGLE ENCODER
US4410237A (en) 1980-09-26 1983-10-18 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for shaping electromagnetic beams
US4397527A (en) 1981-02-26 1983-08-09 Eastman Kodak Company Apparatus for use in correcting beam anamorphicity by vector diffraction
CA1171555A (en) * 1981-05-15 1984-07-24 Ronald S. Hershel Apparatus for projecting a series of images onto dies of a semiconductor wafer
US4399345A (en) 1981-06-09 1983-08-16 Analog Devices, Inc. Laser trimming of circuit elements on semiconductive substrates
JPS57204547A (en) 1981-06-12 1982-12-15 Hitachi Ltd Exposing method
US4499437A (en) * 1981-07-08 1985-02-12 Eastman Kodak Company Apparatus and method providing improved control of a laser beam
US4483005A (en) 1981-09-24 1984-11-13 Teradyne, Inc. Affecting laser beam pulse width
US4615621A (en) 1982-04-02 1986-10-07 Eaton Corporation Auto-focus alignment and measurement system and method
US4504144A (en) 1982-07-06 1985-03-12 The Perkin-Elmer Corporation Simple electromechanical tilt and focus device
US4528451A (en) 1982-10-19 1985-07-09 Varian Associates, Inc. Gap control system for localized vacuum processing
US4584479A (en) 1982-10-19 1986-04-22 Varian Associates, Inc. Envelope apparatus for localized vacuum processing
US4414059A (en) 1982-12-09 1983-11-08 International Business Machines Corporation Far UV patterning of resist materials
US4467172A (en) 1983-01-03 1984-08-21 Jerry Ehrenwald Method and apparatus for laser engraving diamonds with permanent identification markings
GB2138584B (en) 1983-04-23 1986-09-17 Standard Telephones Cables Ltd Acousto-optic deflector systems
FI68131C (en) 1983-06-30 1985-07-10 Valtion Teknillinen REFERENCE FOR A WINDOW MACHINE WITH A GLASS LED WITH A LASER INDICATOR
US4532402A (en) * 1983-09-02 1985-07-30 Xrl, Inc. Method and apparatus for positioning a focused beam on an integrated circuit
JPS6066341A (en) 1983-09-20 1985-04-16 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Recording and reproducing device of information
DE3339318C2 (en) 1983-10-29 1995-05-24 Trumpf Gmbh & Co Laser processing machine
US4532403A (en) * 1984-04-16 1985-07-30 United Technologies Corporation Weld spatter protective coating
JPS60250211A (en) 1984-05-28 1985-12-10 Inoue Japax Res Inc Manufacture of magnetic scale
EP0165685B1 (en) 1984-06-20 1992-09-23 Gould Inc. Laser-based system for the total repair of photomasks
US4598039A (en) 1984-07-02 1986-07-01 At&T Bell Laboratories Formation of features in optical material
AT396631B (en) * 1984-07-06 1993-10-25 Rsf Elektronik Gmbh INCREMENTAL MEASURING SYSTEM
AT392536B (en) * 1984-07-06 1991-04-25 R S F Elektronik Ohg Rechtsfor LINEAR, INCREMENTAL MEASURING SYSTEM
EP0169189B2 (en) * 1984-07-18 1993-08-04 RSF-Elektronik Gesellschaft m.b.H. Linear measuring system
US4665295A (en) 1984-08-02 1987-05-12 Texas Instruments Incorporated Laser make-link programming of semiconductor devices
US4594263A (en) * 1984-12-17 1986-06-10 Motorola, Inc. Laser marking method and ablative coating for use therein
US4769523A (en) 1985-03-08 1988-09-06 Nippon Kogaku K.K. Laser processing apparatus
DE3514824A1 (en) * 1985-04-24 1986-11-06 Siemens Ag METHOD FOR FORMING NARROW, METAL-FREE STRIPS IN THE METAL LAYER OF PLASTIC FILMS
US4761774A (en) * 1985-05-30 1988-08-02 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Optical disc drive apparatus
JPS61287229A (en) 1985-06-14 1986-12-17 Nippon Kogaku Kk <Nikon> Exposure device
AT397308B (en) * 1985-07-10 1994-03-25 Rsf Elektronik Gmbh MEASURING SYSTEM FOR MEASURING LENGTHS AND ANGLES
AU606315B2 (en) 1985-09-12 1991-02-07 Summit Technology, Inc. Surface erosion using lasers
US4646308A (en) 1985-09-30 1987-02-24 Spectra-Physics, Inc. Synchronously pumped dye laser using ultrashort pump pulses
JPS6286839A (en) 1985-10-14 1987-04-21 Nec Corp Trimming apparatus
JPS6286851A (en) 1985-10-14 1987-04-21 Nec Corp Laser trimming apparatus
JPS62216259A (en) * 1986-03-17 1987-09-22 Fujitsu Ltd Manufacture and structure of hybrid integrated circuit
US4752668A (en) 1986-04-28 1988-06-21 Rosenfield Michael G System for laser removal of excess material from a semiconductor wafer
IL78730A (en) 1986-05-08 1990-03-19 Avner Pdahtzur Protective optical coating and method for use thereof
JPS635891A (en) 1986-06-24 1988-01-11 Nec Corp Laser trimming device
GB8616240D0 (en) * 1986-07-03 1986-08-13 Renishaw Plc Opto-electronic scale reading apparatus
EP0274538B1 (en) * 1986-07-09 1992-12-02 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Laser beam machining method
JPS6384789A (en) * 1986-09-26 1988-04-15 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Light working method
US5329152A (en) 1986-11-26 1994-07-12 Quick Technologies Ltd. Ablative etch resistant coating for laser personalization of integrated circuits
JPH0654791B2 (en) 1986-11-27 1994-07-20 日本電気株式会社 Laser trimming device
US4935801A (en) 1987-01-27 1990-06-19 Inmos Corporation Metallic fuse with optically absorptive layer
US4826785A (en) 1987-01-27 1989-05-02 Inmos Corporation Metallic fuse with optically absorptive layer
WO1988006713A1 (en) * 1987-03-06 1988-09-07 Renishaw Plc Position determination apparatus
JPS63257641A (en) * 1987-04-15 1988-10-25 Shibuya Kogyo Co Ltd Printing pattern rotary of laser printer
JPS63264286A (en) 1987-04-20 1988-11-01 Nec Corp Laser beam trimming device
JPH0693402B2 (en) 1987-06-03 1994-11-16 株式会社日立製作所 Laser trimming method and trimming apparatus
US4742522A (en) 1987-06-18 1988-05-03 Trw Inc. Free-electron laser system with raman amplifier outcoupling
JPH0736959B2 (en) 1987-08-12 1995-04-26 日本電気株式会社 Laser trimming device
US4853758A (en) * 1987-08-12 1989-08-01 American Telephone And Telegraph Company, At&T Bell Laboratories Laser-blown links
JPS6455327A (en) 1987-08-25 1989-03-02 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Marking method
US4932031A (en) 1987-12-04 1990-06-05 Alfano Robert R Chromium-doped foresterite laser system
US5064290A (en) * 1987-12-12 1991-11-12 Renishaw Plc Opto-electronic scale-reading apparatus wherein phase-separated secondary orders of diffraction are generated
JPH01180796A (en) * 1987-12-28 1989-07-18 Nippon Steel Corp Laser beam radiation method
US4780177A (en) 1988-02-05 1988-10-25 General Electric Company Excimer laser patterning of a novel resist
US4914663A (en) 1988-04-22 1990-04-03 The Board Of Trustees Of Leland Stanford, Jr. University Generation of short high peak power pulses from an injection mode-locked Q-switched laser oscillator
JPH01289586A (en) 1988-05-13 1989-11-21 Nec Corp Laser trimming device
US4952858A (en) 1988-05-18 1990-08-28 Galburt Daniel N Microlithographic apparatus
DE3819055A1 (en) 1988-06-04 1989-12-07 Braun Ag LONG HAIR CUTTER FOR DRY SHAVERS
US4878222A (en) 1988-08-05 1989-10-31 Eastman Kodak Company Diode laser with improved means for electrically modulating the emitted light beam intensity including turn-on and turn-off and electrically controlling the position of the emitted laser beam spot
JPH0263103A (en) 1988-08-29 1990-03-02 Toshiba Corp Trimming apparatus
GB8821837D0 (en) * 1988-09-16 1988-10-19 Renishaw Plc Scale for use with opto-electronic scale reading apparatus
JPH0289586A (en) 1988-09-27 1990-03-29 Nec Corp Laser trimming device
US5059764A (en) 1988-10-31 1991-10-22 Spectra-Physics, Inc. Diode-pumped, solid state laser-based workstation for precision materials processing and machining
YU208988A (en) 1988-11-10 1990-12-31 Inst Jozef Stefan Device for rasters making
JPH02137682A (en) 1988-11-16 1990-05-25 Nec Kyushu Ltd Laser repair device for semiconductor integrated circuit
DE3905333A1 (en) * 1989-02-22 1990-08-23 Hurth Masch Zahnrad Carl DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TESTING SYNCHRONIZING UNITS
US5005946A (en) 1989-04-06 1991-04-09 Grumman Aerospace Corporation Multi-channel filter system
US4959838A (en) * 1989-05-31 1990-09-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration Method and circuit for shaping laser output pulses
US5034951A (en) 1989-06-26 1991-07-23 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Femtosecond ultraviolet laser using ultra-thin beta barium borate
JPH046599A (en) 1990-04-25 1992-01-10 Hiroshi Ono Acoustic device
FR2650731B1 (en) 1989-08-09 1991-10-04 Inst Fs Rech Expl Mer HYDRODYNAMIC TRAILER OPENING DEVICE
US5297541A (en) * 1989-11-14 1994-03-29 Franz Hensey Athletic therapeutic glove
US5021362A (en) 1989-12-29 1991-06-04 At&T Bell Laboratories Laser link blowing in integrateed circuit fabrication
JP2960746B2 (en) 1990-03-15 1999-10-12 株式会社日立製作所 Beam irradiation method, electron beam drawing method, beam irradiation apparatus, and electron beam drawing apparatus
US5042040A (en) 1990-03-30 1991-08-20 At&T Bell Laboratories Amplitude noise reduction for optically pumped modelocked lasers
JPH03297588A (en) 1990-04-17 1991-12-27 Nec Corp Laser trimming device
US5236551A (en) 1990-05-10 1993-08-17 Microelectronics And Computer Technology Corporation Rework of polymeric dielectric electrical interconnect by laser photoablation
JP3150322B2 (en) 1990-05-18 2001-03-26 株式会社日立製作所 Wiring cutting method by laser and laser processing device
JPH0433784A (en) 1990-05-26 1992-02-05 Hasegawa Seisakusho:Kk Scale marking method for metallic ruler
JP2712772B2 (en) 1990-07-05 1998-02-16 株式会社ニコン Pattern position measuring method and apparatus
JP2641962B2 (en) * 1990-07-25 1997-08-20 大日本スクリーン製造株式会社 Light beam scanning recorder
US5272309A (en) * 1990-08-01 1993-12-21 Microelectronics And Computer Technology Corporation Bonding metal members with multiple laser beams
US5201437A (en) 1990-08-09 1993-04-13 Mauser-Werke Gmbh Widemouth steel drum of conical shape
JPH0498801A (en) 1990-08-16 1992-03-31 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Laser trimming device
US5242858A (en) 1990-09-07 1993-09-07 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Process for preparing semiconductor device by use of a flattening agent and diffusion
HU217738B (en) 1991-01-17 2000-04-28 United Distillers Plc. Method and arrangement for marking moving objects
US5268911A (en) 1991-07-10 1993-12-07 Young Eddie H X-cut crystal quartz acousto-optic modulator
JP2822698B2 (en) * 1991-07-17 1998-11-11 株式会社ニコン Positioning device and laser processing device
US5293025A (en) 1991-08-01 1994-03-08 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method for forming vias in multilayer circuits
US5280491A (en) 1991-08-02 1994-01-18 Lai Shui T Two dimensional scan amplifier laser
KR940000380B1 (en) * 1991-09-28 1994-01-19 삼성전관 주식회사 Color crt
US5300756A (en) * 1991-10-22 1994-04-05 General Scanning, Inc. Method for severing integrated-circuit connection paths by a phase-plate-adjusted laser beam
RU94030810A (en) 1991-11-06 1996-06-20 Т.Лай Шуй Pulse laser apparatus, method of providing smooth ablation of matter, laser apparatus and cornea surgery method
US5175664A (en) 1991-12-05 1992-12-29 Diels Jean Claude Discharge of lightning with ultrashort laser pulses
JPH05169286A (en) 1991-12-25 1993-07-09 Fuji Electric Co Ltd Laser beam scale marking device
US5197074A (en) 1991-12-26 1993-03-23 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Multi-function intra-resonator loss modulator and method of operating same
US5502311A (en) 1992-01-17 1996-03-26 Nikon Corporation Method of and apparatus for detecting plane position
JPH05192779A (en) 1992-01-17 1993-08-03 Toshiba Corp Laser beam machine
JPH05235169A (en) 1992-02-20 1993-09-10 Fujitsu Ltd Laser trimming method
JPH05261575A (en) 1992-03-16 1993-10-12 Hitachi Constr Mach Co Ltd Pulse laser beam machine
DE4214804A1 (en) * 1992-05-04 1993-11-11 Wabco Westinghouse Fahrzeug Device for the optical display of the pressure of a medium
US5309178A (en) * 1992-05-12 1994-05-03 Optrotech Ltd. Laser marking apparatus including an acoustic modulator
JPH0653596A (en) * 1992-07-27 1994-02-25 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Semiconductor light emitting element
US5340962A (en) 1992-08-14 1994-08-23 Lumonics Corporation Automatic control of laser beam tool positioning
JP2658809B2 (en) 1992-08-27 1997-09-30 三菱電機株式会社 Laser processing equipment
US5420515A (en) * 1992-08-28 1995-05-30 Hewlett-Packard Company Active circuit trimming with AC and DC response trims relative to a known response
DE4229399C2 (en) 1992-09-03 1999-05-27 Deutsch Zentr Luft & Raumfahrt Method and device for producing a functional structure of a semiconductor component
US5265114C1 (en) 1992-09-10 2001-08-21 Electro Scient Ind Inc System and method for selectively laser processing a target structure of one or more materials of a multimaterial multilayer device
EP0664919B1 (en) * 1992-10-16 1997-05-14 TEBBE, Gerold Recording medium and appliance for generating sounds and/or images
FI92112C (en) * 1992-11-09 1994-09-26 Partek Cargotec Oy Method of designing on a glossy metal surface differs from darker from its background and a thus colored areas exhibiting metal surface
US5520679A (en) 1992-12-03 1996-05-28 Lasersight, Inc. Ophthalmic surgery method using non-contact scanning laser
US5463200A (en) 1993-02-11 1995-10-31 Lumonics Inc. Marking of a workpiece by light energy
US5374590A (en) 1993-04-28 1994-12-20 International Business Machines Corporation Fabrication and laser deletion of microfuses
GB9308981D0 (en) 1993-04-30 1993-06-16 Science And Engineering Resear Laser-excited x-ray source
EP0656241B1 (en) * 1993-06-04 1998-12-23 Seiko Epson Corporation Apparatus and method for laser machining
US5483055A (en) 1994-01-18 1996-01-09 Thompson; Timothy V. Method and apparatus for performing an automatic focus operation for a microscope
US5594235A (en) 1993-06-17 1997-01-14 Ultrapointe Corporation Automated surface acquisition for a confocal microscope
JPH0768392A (en) * 1993-06-28 1995-03-14 Hitachi Constr Mach Co Ltd Laser beam machining method and laser beam machine
US5632083A (en) 1993-08-05 1997-05-27 Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd. Lead frame fabricating method and lead frame fabricating apparatus
JP3153682B2 (en) 1993-08-26 2001-04-09 松下電工株式会社 Circuit board manufacturing method
AU7682594A (en) 1993-09-08 1995-03-27 Uvtech Systems, Inc. Surface processing
IL106952A (en) * 1993-09-08 1996-03-31 Scitex Corp Ltd Laser plotter
JPH0780674A (en) * 1993-09-17 1995-03-28 Hitachi Constr Mach Co Ltd Laser beam machining method and laser beam machining device
US5524018A (en) 1993-10-04 1996-06-04 Adachi; Yoshi Superior resolution laser using bessel transform optical filter
JP2531452B2 (en) 1993-10-25 1996-09-04 日本電気株式会社 Hot air circulation type snow melting device
JP2531453B2 (en) 1993-10-28 1996-09-04 日本電気株式会社 Laser processing equipment
US5689519A (en) 1993-12-20 1997-11-18 Imra America, Inc. Environmentally stable passively modelocked fiber laser pulse source
US6489589B1 (en) * 1994-02-07 2002-12-03 Board Of Regents, University Of Nebraska-Lincoln Femtosecond laser utilization methods and apparatus and method for producing nanoparticles
DE4404141A1 (en) * 1994-02-09 1995-08-10 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung Device and method for laser beam shaping, especially in laser beam surface processing
US5611946A (en) * 1994-02-18 1997-03-18 New Wave Research Multi-wavelength laser system, probe station and laser cutter system using the same
US5558789A (en) 1994-03-02 1996-09-24 University Of Florida Method of applying a laser beam creating micro-scale surface structures prior to deposition of film for increased adhesion
KR100363410B1 (en) 1994-03-10 2003-02-11 메사추세츠 인스티튜트 오브 테크놀로지 How to manufacture conductive link for interconnect
US5451785A (en) 1994-03-18 1995-09-19 Sri International Upconverting and time-gated two-dimensional infrared transillumination imaging
US5400350A (en) 1994-03-31 1995-03-21 Imra America, Inc. Method and apparatus for generating high energy ultrashort pulses
US5656186A (en) 1994-04-08 1997-08-12 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Method for controlling configuration of laser induced breakdown and ablation
DE19513354A1 (en) 1994-04-14 1995-12-14 Zeiss Carl Surface processing equipment
JP2526806B2 (en) 1994-04-26 1996-08-21 日本電気株式会社 Semiconductor laser and its operating method
DE9407288U1 (en) 1994-05-02 1994-08-04 Trumpf Gmbh & Co Laser cutting machine with focus position adjustment
US5513194A (en) 1994-06-30 1996-04-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Stretched-pulse fiber laser
US5742634A (en) 1994-08-24 1998-04-21 Imar Technology Co. Picosecond laser
US5539764A (en) 1994-08-24 1996-07-23 Jamar Technologies Co. Laser generated X-ray source
US5790574A (en) 1994-08-24 1998-08-04 Imar Technology Company Low cost, high average power, high brightness solid state laser
US5475527A (en) 1994-09-26 1995-12-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Fourier plane image amplifier
US5662822A (en) * 1994-10-13 1997-09-02 Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd. Dam bar cutting apparatus and dam bar cutting method
DE4436897A1 (en) * 1994-10-15 1996-04-18 Elastogran Gmbh Method for labeling shaped articles
JP2682475B2 (en) * 1994-11-17 1997-11-26 日本電気株式会社 Beam scanning type laser marking method and apparatus
US5685995A (en) 1994-11-22 1997-11-11 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Method for laser functional trimming of films and devices
US5592327A (en) 1994-12-16 1997-01-07 Clark-Mxr, Inc. Regenerative amplifier incorporating a spectral filter within the resonant cavity
DE19608937C2 (en) 1995-03-10 1998-01-15 Heidenhain Gmbh Dr Johannes Process for producing a marking carrier
JP3538948B2 (en) 1995-03-13 2004-06-14 ヤマハ株式会社 Semiconductor wafer exposure method
US5847960A (en) 1995-03-20 1998-12-08 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Multi-tool positioning system
US5751585A (en) 1995-03-20 1998-05-12 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. High speed, high accuracy multi-stage tool positioning system
US5786560A (en) 1995-03-31 1998-07-28 Panasonic Technologies, Inc. 3-dimensional micromachining with femtosecond laser pulses
US5694408A (en) 1995-06-07 1997-12-02 Mcdonnell Douglas Corporation Fiber optic laser system and associated lasing method
JPH0936239A (en) * 1995-07-24 1997-02-07 Fujitsu Ltd Wiring cutting method
US5627848A (en) 1995-09-05 1997-05-06 Imra America, Inc. Apparatus for producing femtosecond and picosecond pulses from modelocked fiber lasers cladding pumped with broad area diode laser arrays
JPH0970679A (en) * 1995-09-07 1997-03-18 Nikon Corp Method for controlling laser beam machine
US5756924A (en) 1995-09-28 1998-05-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Multiple laser pulse ignition method and apparatus
US6215896B1 (en) 1995-09-29 2001-04-10 Advanced Micro Devices System for enabling the real-time detection of focus-related defects
US5636172A (en) 1995-12-22 1997-06-03 Micron Technology, Inc. Reduced pitch laser redundancy fuse bank structure
US5932119A (en) * 1996-01-05 1999-08-03 Lazare Kaplan International, Inc. Laser marking system
US5720894A (en) 1996-01-11 1998-02-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Ultrashort pulse high repetition rate laser system for biological tissue processing
US6150630A (en) 1996-01-11 2000-11-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Laser machining of explosives
US5745284A (en) 1996-02-23 1998-04-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Solid-state laser source of tunable narrow-bandwidth ultraviolet radiation
US5759428A (en) 1996-03-15 1998-06-02 International Business Machines Corporation Method of laser cutting a metal line on an MR head
US5796924A (en) * 1996-03-19 1998-08-18 Motorola, Inc. Method and system for selecting pattern recognition training vectors
DE19611983C1 (en) * 1996-03-26 1997-07-31 Zeiss Carl Jena Gmbh Elastically flexible measuring strip for length or angle measurement devices
DE19707834A1 (en) 1996-04-09 1997-10-16 Zeiss Carl Fa Material irradiation unit used e.g. in production of circuit boards
WO1997040957A1 (en) * 1996-04-26 1997-11-06 Servicio Industrial De Marcaje Y Codificacion, S.A. System and process for marking or perforating
JP2000510468A (en) * 1996-05-06 2000-08-15 イーライ・リリー・アンド・カンパニー Antiviral compounds
KR19990028932A (en) * 1996-05-13 1999-04-15 토마스 에프. 멀베니 Orthopedic Beam Laser Texturing of Magnetic Media
WO1997046349A1 (en) 1996-06-05 1997-12-11 Burgess Larry W Blind via laser drilling system
US5956354A (en) 1996-06-06 1999-09-21 The University Of Maryland Baltimore County Dual media laser with mode locking
US5940418A (en) 1996-06-13 1999-08-17 Jmar Technology Co. Solid-state laser system for ultra-violet micro-lithography
US5837962A (en) 1996-07-15 1998-11-17 Overbeck; James W. Faster laser marker employing acousto-optic deflection
US5658186A (en) * 1996-07-16 1997-08-19 Sterling Diagnostic Imaging, Inc. Jig for polishing the edge of a thin solid state array panel
JP2866831B2 (en) * 1996-08-30 1999-03-08 株式会社アドバンテスト Laser processing equipment positioning method
US5864430A (en) 1996-09-10 1999-01-26 Sandia Corporation Gaussian beam profile shaping apparatus, method therefor and evaluation thereof
JPH1089403A (en) 1996-09-10 1998-04-07 Nikon Corp Vibration control device
JP4249813B2 (en) * 1996-12-06 2009-04-08 Sumco Techxiv株式会社 Identifier marking apparatus and marking method for semiconductor wafer
TW392218B (en) * 1996-12-06 2000-06-01 Toshiba Mechatronics Kk Apparatus and method for marking of identifier onto semiconductor wafer
US5880877A (en) 1997-01-28 1999-03-09 Imra America, Inc. Apparatus and method for the generation of high-power femtosecond pulses from a fiber amplifier
US5998759A (en) 1996-12-24 1999-12-07 General Scanning, Inc. Laser processing
US6025256A (en) 1997-01-06 2000-02-15 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Laser based method and system for integrated circuit repair or reconfiguration
US6151338A (en) 1997-02-19 2000-11-21 Sdl, Inc. High power laser optical amplifier system
US6208458B1 (en) 1997-03-21 2001-03-27 Imra America, Inc. Quasi-phase-matched parametric chirped pulse amplification systems
US20050041702A1 (en) 1997-03-21 2005-02-24 Imra America, Inc. High energy optical fiber amplifier for picosecond-nanosecond pulses for advanced material processing applications
US5854805A (en) 1997-03-21 1998-12-29 Lumonics Inc. Laser machining of a workpiece
US5848080A (en) 1997-05-12 1998-12-08 Dahm; Jonathan S. Short pulsewidth high pulse repetition frequency laser
US6156030A (en) 1997-06-04 2000-12-05 Y-Beam Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for high precision variable rate material removal and modification
KR100274596B1 (en) 1997-06-05 2000-12-15 윤종용 Method and apparatus for detecting particles on the stage holder
KR100228533B1 (en) 1997-06-23 1999-11-01 윤종용 Fusible fuse in semiconductor integrated circuit and manufacture thereof
US5818630A (en) 1997-06-25 1998-10-06 Imra America, Inc. Single-mode amplifiers and compressors based on multi-mode fibers
US6120725A (en) 1997-07-25 2000-09-19 Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd. Method of forming a complex profile of uneven depressions in the surface of a workpiece by energy beam ablation
CN1214549A (en) 1997-09-12 1999-04-21 西门子公司 Improved laser fuse links and methods therefor
JPH11104863A (en) * 1997-10-06 1999-04-20 Nikon Corp Laser beam machining apparatus
US6238847B1 (en) * 1997-10-16 2001-05-29 Dmc Degussa Metals Catalysts Cerdec Ag Laser marking method and apparatus
US7128737B1 (en) * 1997-10-22 2006-10-31 Carl Zeiss Meditec Ag Object figuring device
US5920668A (en) 1997-10-24 1999-07-06 Imra America, Inc. Compact fiber laser unit
GB2331038A (en) 1997-11-06 1999-05-12 Westwind Air Bearings Ltd Apparatus for forming holes in sheet material
JPH11149317A (en) 1997-11-14 1999-06-02 Nikon Corp Working machine
JP3557512B2 (en) * 1997-12-03 2004-08-25 ミヤチテクノス株式会社 Laser marking method for 2D barcode
DE69833968T2 (en) 1997-12-12 2006-08-17 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Kadoma LASER PROCESSING METHOD, DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD
JPH11197863A (en) * 1998-01-09 1999-07-27 Nikon Corp Laser beam machining device
US5953354A (en) 1998-02-03 1999-09-14 General Electric Co. Laser resonator optical alignment
US6072811A (en) 1998-02-11 2000-06-06 Imra America Integrated passively modelocked fiber lasers and method for constructing the same
JPH11245060A (en) * 1998-03-02 1999-09-14 Nikon Corp Laser processing device
US6366357B1 (en) 1998-03-05 2002-04-02 General Scanning, Inc. Method and system for high speed measuring of microscopic targets
US6034975A (en) 1998-03-09 2000-03-07 Imra America, Inc. High power, passively modelocked fiber laser, and method of construction
US6037564A (en) 1998-03-31 2000-03-14 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method for scanning a beam and an apparatus therefor
JP3052928B2 (en) 1998-04-01 2000-06-19 日本電気株式会社 Laser processing equipment
US5987049A (en) 1998-04-24 1999-11-16 Time-Bandwidth Products Ag Mode locked solid-state laser pumped by a non-diffraction-limited pumping source and method for generating pulsed laser radiation by pumping with a non-diffraction-limited pumping beam
US6268586B1 (en) 1998-04-30 2001-07-31 The Regents Of The University Of California Method and apparatus for improving the quality and efficiency of ultrashort-pulse laser machining
JPH11345880A (en) 1998-06-01 1999-12-14 Fujitsu Ltd Semiconductor device and manufacture thereof
US6057180A (en) 1998-06-05 2000-05-02 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Method of severing electrically conductive links with ultraviolet laser output
JP3664904B2 (en) * 1999-01-14 2005-06-29 三菱重工業株式会社 Laser processing head
US6339604B1 (en) 1998-06-12 2002-01-15 General Scanning, Inc. Pulse control in laser systems
US6181728B1 (en) 1998-07-02 2001-01-30 General Scanning, Inc. Controlling laser polarization
US6730791B2 (en) * 1998-07-02 2004-05-04 Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Antihistaminic piperidine derivatives and intermediates for the preparation thereof
US6115174A (en) * 1998-07-21 2000-09-05 Corvis Corporation Optical signal varying devices
JP3630999B2 (en) 1998-08-19 2005-03-23 富士通株式会社 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
GB9819338D0 (en) * 1998-09-04 1998-10-28 Philips Electronics Nv Laser crystallisation of thin films
US6144118A (en) 1998-09-18 2000-11-07 General Scanning, Inc. High-speed precision positioning apparatus
JP3390755B2 (en) * 1998-09-29 2003-03-31 科学技術振興事業団 Wavelength tunable short pulse light generating apparatus and method
KR100294346B1 (en) 1998-11-07 2001-07-12 허인구 Removable anchor for engineering work
DE19854318A1 (en) * 1998-11-25 2000-05-31 Heidenhain Gmbh Dr Johannes Length measuring device
US6300590B1 (en) 1998-12-16 2001-10-09 General Scanning, Inc. Laser processing
US5974060A (en) 1999-01-05 1999-10-26 Raytheon Company Multi-mode laser oscillator with large intermode spacing
US6172325B1 (en) 1999-02-10 2001-01-09 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Laser processing power output stabilization apparatus and method employing processing position feedback
DE19905571C1 (en) * 1999-02-11 2000-11-16 Bosch Gmbh Robert Process for creating conical holes using a laser beam
US6381391B1 (en) 1999-02-19 2002-04-30 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Method and system for generating a broadband spectral continuum and continuous wave-generating system utilizing same
DE19912310B4 (en) * 1999-03-19 2007-11-29 Dr. Johannes Heidenhain Gmbh A position
US6177648B1 (en) 1999-03-30 2001-01-23 Laser Machining, Inc. Steered laser beam system with laser power control
US6346686B1 (en) * 1999-04-14 2002-02-12 Hughes Electronics Corporation Apparatus and method for enhanced laser machining by optimization of pulse duration and spacing
US6252195B1 (en) 1999-04-26 2001-06-26 Ethicon, Inc. Method of forming blind holes in surgical needles using a diode pumped Nd-YAG laser
CA2370832A1 (en) 1999-04-27 2000-11-02 Gsi Lumonics Inc. A system and method for material processing using multiple laser beams
US6341029B1 (en) 1999-04-27 2002-01-22 Gsi Lumonics, Inc. Method and apparatus for shaping a laser-beam intensity profile by dithering
EP1173302B1 (en) 1999-04-27 2005-04-20 GSI Lumonics Inc. Laser calibration apparatus and method
US6285002B1 (en) 1999-05-10 2001-09-04 Bryan Kok Ann Ngoi Three dimensional micro machining with a modulated ultra-short laser pulse
TW482705B (en) 1999-05-28 2002-04-11 Electro Scient Ind Inc Beam shaping and projection imaging with solid state UV Gaussian beam to form blind vias
TW459350B (en) 1999-06-07 2001-10-11 Nippon Electric Co Semiconductor device with repair fuses and laser trimming method used therefor
US6219361B1 (en) * 1999-06-21 2001-04-17 Litton Systems, Inc. Side pumped, Q-switched microlaser
EP1072350A1 (en) * 1999-07-12 2001-01-31 MDC Max Dätwyler AG Bleienbach Method and device for distributing the intensity in a laser beam
US6284999B1 (en) 1999-07-23 2001-09-04 Lillbacka Jetair Oy Laser cutting system
US6776340B2 (en) * 1999-07-23 2004-08-17 Tri Star Technologies, A General Partnership Duplicate laser marking discrete consumable articles
US6472295B1 (en) 1999-08-27 2002-10-29 Jmar Research, Inc. Method and apparatus for laser ablation of a target material
JP4450147B2 (en) 1999-09-10 2010-04-14 株式会社ニコン Exposure apparatus equipped with a laser device
JP4517271B2 (en) 1999-09-10 2010-08-04 株式会社ニコン Exposure apparatus equipped with a laser device
GB9924332D0 (en) * 1999-10-15 1999-12-15 Renishaw Plc Producing a scale for use in opto-electronic scale reading apparatus
KR100317533B1 (en) * 1999-11-10 2001-12-24 윤종용 Architecture of LASER fuse box in semiconductor intergreated circuit device and method for fabricating the same
JP2001170788A (en) 1999-12-10 2001-06-26 Canon Inc Method of laser machining and device therfor
US6340806B1 (en) 1999-12-28 2002-01-22 General Scanning Inc. Energy-efficient method and system for processing target material using an amplified, wavelength-shifted pulse train
US8217304B2 (en) * 2001-03-29 2012-07-10 Gsi Group Corporation Methods and systems for thermal-based laser processing a multi-material device
US6281471B1 (en) 1999-12-28 2001-08-28 Gsi Lumonics, Inc. Energy-efficient, laser-based method and system for processing target material
KR100314773B1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2001-11-22 윤종용 Semiconductor chip package and leadframe
KR100850262B1 (en) 2000-01-10 2008-08-04 일렉트로 싸이언티픽 인더스트리이즈 인코포레이티드 Laser system and method for processing a memory link with a burst of laser pulses having ultrashort pulse widths
US6887804B2 (en) * 2000-01-10 2005-05-03 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Passivation processing over a memory link
US20030222324A1 (en) 2000-01-10 2003-12-04 Yunlong Sun Laser systems for passivation or link processing with a set of laser pulses
US7671295B2 (en) * 2000-01-10 2010-03-02 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Processing a memory link with a set of at least two laser pulses
JP4474000B2 (en) 2000-01-20 2010-06-02 キヤノン株式会社 Projection device
US6552301B2 (en) 2000-01-25 2003-04-22 Peter R. Herman Burst-ultrafast laser machining method
US6541731B2 (en) * 2000-01-25 2003-04-01 Aculight Corporation Use of multiple laser sources for rapid, flexible machining and production of vias in multi-layered substrates
DE10006516C2 (en) 2000-02-15 2002-01-10 Datacard Corp Process for processing workpieces using multiple laser beams
US6423935B1 (en) * 2000-02-18 2002-07-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Identification marking by means of laser peening
WO2001064591A1 (en) 2000-03-01 2001-09-07 Heraeus Amersil, Inc. Method, apparatus, and article of manufacture for determining an amount of energy needed to bring a quartz workpiece to a fusion weldable condition
JP3479878B2 (en) 2000-03-27 2003-12-15 住友重機械工業株式会社 Laser processing method and processing apparatus
WO2001074529A2 (en) 2000-03-30 2001-10-11 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Laser system and method for single pass micromachining of multilayer workpieces
JP4573941B2 (en) 2000-03-30 2010-11-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Collimator lens and optical scanning device using the same
US6433303B1 (en) 2000-03-31 2002-08-13 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus using laser pulses to make an array of microcavity holes
US20010035400A1 (en) * 2000-05-05 2001-11-01 Andreas Gartner Method for sundering semiconductor materials
US6421166B1 (en) 2000-05-09 2002-07-16 The Regents Of The University Of California Compact, flexible, frequency agile parametric wavelength converter
US6662063B2 (en) * 2000-05-16 2003-12-09 Gsi Lumonics Corporation Method and subsystem for determining a sequence in which microstructures are to be processed at a laser-processing site
US6495791B2 (en) * 2000-05-16 2002-12-17 General Scanning, Inc. Method and subsystem for generating a trajectory to be followed by a motor-driven stage when processing microstructures at a laser-processing site
US6483071B1 (en) 2000-05-16 2002-11-19 General Scanning Inc. Method and system for precisely positioning a waist of a material-processing laser beam to process microstructures within a laser-processing site
JP3522654B2 (en) 2000-06-09 2004-04-26 住友重機械工業株式会社 Laser processing apparatus and processing method
US6687000B1 (en) * 2000-06-26 2004-02-03 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Photon-sorting spectroscopic microscope system
CA2415666A1 (en) 2000-07-12 2002-01-17 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Uv laser system and method for single pulse severing of ic fuses
JP2002040627A (en) 2000-07-24 2002-02-06 Nec Corp Method for correcting laser pattern and apparatus for correcting the same
WO2002018090A1 (en) 2000-08-29 2002-03-07 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Laser machining apparatus
AU2001293288A1 (en) 2000-09-20 2002-04-02 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Laser processing of alumina or metals on or embedded therein
US6713715B2 (en) * 2001-01-16 2004-03-30 Potomac Photonics, Inc. Method and system for laser marking a gemstone
US6689985B2 (en) 2001-01-17 2004-02-10 Orbotech, Ltd. Laser drill for use in electrical circuit fabrication
US6534743B2 (en) 2001-02-01 2003-03-18 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Resistor trimming with small uniform spot from solid-state UV laser
US6816294B2 (en) 2001-02-16 2004-11-09 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. On-the-fly beam path error correction for memory link processing
US8497450B2 (en) * 2001-02-16 2013-07-30 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. On-the fly laser beam path dithering for enhancing throughput
US7245412B2 (en) * 2001-02-16 2007-07-17 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. On-the-fly laser beam path error correction for specimen target location processing
US7642484B2 (en) 2001-06-13 2010-01-05 Orbotech Ltd Multiple beam micro-machining system and method
JP2003053576A (en) 2001-08-16 2003-02-26 Sumitomo Heavy Ind Ltd Method and device for laser beam machining
JP3490414B2 (en) 2001-08-16 2004-01-26 住友重機械工業株式会社 Laser processing method and apparatus
US6995841B2 (en) 2001-08-28 2006-02-07 Rice University Pulsed-multiline excitation for color-blind fluorescence detection
JP2003109494A (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-11 Canon Inc Manufacturing method for electron source
JP4035981B2 (en) 2001-10-26 2008-01-23 松下電工株式会社 Circuit formation method using ultrashort pulse laser
WO2003046613A2 (en) 2001-11-28 2003-06-05 Overbeck James W Scanning microscopy, fluorescence detection, and laser beam positioning
US6664498B2 (en) 2001-12-04 2003-12-16 General Atomics Method and apparatus for increasing the material removal rate in laser machining
JP2005512814A (en) 2001-12-17 2005-05-12 エレクトロ サイエンティフィック インダストリーズ インコーポレーテッド Processing a memory link with a set of at least two laser pulses
GB0201101D0 (en) * 2002-01-18 2002-03-06 Renishaw Plc Laser marking
US6875950B2 (en) 2002-03-22 2005-04-05 Gsi Lumonics Corporation Automated laser trimming of resistors
US7358157B2 (en) * 2002-03-27 2008-04-15 Gsi Group Corporation Method and system for high-speed precise laser trimming, scan lens system for use therein and electrical device produced thereby
US6951995B2 (en) 2002-03-27 2005-10-04 Gsi Lumonics Corp. Method and system for high-speed, precise micromachining an array of devices
US7067763B2 (en) * 2002-05-17 2006-06-27 Gsi Group Corporation High speed, laser-based marking method and system for producing machine readable marks on workpieces and semiconductor devices with reduced subsurface damage produced thereby
JP3935775B2 (en) 2002-05-21 2007-06-27 日立ビアメカニクス株式会社 Laser processing equipment
US6706997B1 (en) * 2002-05-24 2004-03-16 David E. Stucker Method and apparatus for drilling high tolerance holes with laser pulses
US6720894B2 (en) * 2002-05-29 2004-04-13 Broadcom Corporation Method of and system for performing differential lossless compression
US20040057475A1 (en) 2002-09-24 2004-03-25 Robert Frankel High-power pulsed laser device
JP3822188B2 (en) 2002-12-26 2006-09-13 日立ビアメカニクス株式会社 Multi-beam laser drilling machine
TWI248244B (en) 2003-02-19 2006-01-21 J P Sercel Associates Inc System and method for cutting using a variable astigmatic focal beam spot
KR100804253B1 (en) * 2003-08-19 2008-02-18 일렉트로 싸이언티픽 인더스트리이즈 인코포레이티드 Method of controlling amplifier output of a laser fiber amplifier
US7521651B2 (en) * 2003-09-12 2009-04-21 Orbotech Ltd Multiple beam micro-machining system and method
US7085057B2 (en) * 2003-10-15 2006-08-01 Invenios Direct-write system and method for roll-to-roll manufacturing of reflective gratings
US7629234B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2009-12-08 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Semiconductor structure processing using multiple laterally spaced laser beam spots with joint velocity profiling

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5294567A (en) * 1993-01-08 1994-03-15 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method for forming via holes in multilayer circuits
US5841099A (en) * 1994-07-18 1998-11-24 Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. Method employing UV laser pulses of varied energy density to form depthwise self-limiting blind vias in multilayered targets
US6103992A (en) * 1996-11-08 2000-08-15 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Multiple frequency processing to minimize manufacturing variability of high aspect ratio micro through-vias

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1989017A1 (en) * 2006-03-02 2008-11-12 Korea Research Institute of Standards and Science Laser processing method and processing apparatus based on conventional laser-induced material changes
EP1989017A4 (en) * 2006-03-02 2012-08-15 Korea Res Inst Of Standards Laser processing method and processing apparatus based on conventional laser-induced material changes
WO2008019073A2 (en) * 2006-08-04 2008-02-14 Solyndra, Inc. System and method for creating electric isolation between layers for photovoltaic applications
WO2008019073A3 (en) * 2006-08-04 2008-04-03 Solyndra Inc System and method for creating electric isolation between layers for photovoltaic applications
US7879685B2 (en) 2006-08-04 2011-02-01 Solyndra, Inc. System and method for creating electric isolation between layers comprising solar cells
TWI487222B (en) * 2006-09-15 2015-06-01 電子科學工業有限公司 Method and system for laser processing targets of different types on a workpiece
US8670151B2 (en) 2007-01-23 2014-03-11 Imra America, Inc. Ultrashort laser micro-texture printing
US8995029B2 (en) 2007-01-23 2015-03-31 Imra America, Inc. Ultrashort laser micro-texture printing
EP2809476A4 (en) * 2012-01-31 2015-09-09 Sunpower Corp Laser system with multiple laser pulses for fabrication of solar cells
US11872655B2 (en) 2018-07-05 2024-01-16 Hamamatsu Photonics K.K. Laser processing device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6972268B2 (en) 2005-12-06
WO2002078895A1 (en) 2002-10-10
US8809734B2 (en) 2014-08-19
US7955906B2 (en) 2011-06-07
US8217304B2 (en) 2012-07-10
US7955905B2 (en) 2011-06-07
KR100602987B1 (en) 2006-07-24
US20060028655A1 (en) 2006-02-09
US7148447B2 (en) 2006-12-12
US20080094640A1 (en) 2008-04-24
US7192846B2 (en) 2007-03-20
JP4384412B2 (en) 2009-12-16
US7027155B2 (en) 2006-04-11
US20060216927A1 (en) 2006-09-28
US20020162973A1 (en) 2002-11-07
US20020167581A1 (en) 2002-11-14
US8193468B2 (en) 2012-06-05
US20060192845A1 (en) 2006-08-31
US20060113289A1 (en) 2006-06-01
US7394476B2 (en) 2008-07-01
TWI315230B (en) 2009-10-01
US20020158052A1 (en) 2002-10-31
US20020166845A1 (en) 2002-11-14
US20060207975A1 (en) 2006-09-21
TW533467B (en) 2003-05-21
US20020170898A1 (en) 2002-11-21
JP2004532520A (en) 2004-10-21
US20120276754A1 (en) 2012-11-01
KR20040014480A (en) 2004-02-14
US6777645B2 (en) 2004-08-17
TWI271904B (en) 2007-01-21
US6989508B2 (en) 2006-01-24
US20070215820A1 (en) 2007-09-20
TW200630178A (en) 2006-09-01
US7382389B2 (en) 2008-06-03
US20080284837A1 (en) 2008-11-20
US6639177B2 (en) 2003-10-28
US20070075058A1 (en) 2007-04-05
US20070052791A1 (en) 2007-03-08
US20050212906A1 (en) 2005-09-29
US20050017156A1 (en) 2005-01-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7027155B2 (en) Methods and systems for precisely relatively positioning a waist of a pulsed laser beam and method and system for controlling energy delivered to a target structure
US7482551B2 (en) Processing a memory link with a set of at least two laser pulses
KR101370156B1 (en) Laser-based method and system for removing one or more target link structures
US6987786B2 (en) Controlling laser polarization
US20050092720A1 (en) Laser-based method and system for memory link processing with picosecond lasers
CA2535623A1 (en) Methods of and laser systems for link processing using laser pulses with specially tailored power profiles
US20030222324A1 (en) Laser systems for passivation or link processing with a set of laser pulses
US20090141750A1 (en) Systems and methods for link processing with ultrafast and nanosecond laser pulses

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002577145

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 1020037012708

Country of ref document: KR

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase